{"title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"sts-cd\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks\u003c\/strong\u003e at Spices To Snacks — \u003cstrong\u003e66 products\u003c\/strong\u003e in stock across snacks, candy \u0026amp; chocolate, mints, priced $51.71–$96.25 CAD. All Fusion Sweets And Snacks orders ship free across Canada with no minimum order, and returns are free within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks appears in:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/snacks\"\u003eSnacks\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/candy-chocolate\"\u003eCandy \u0026amp; Chocolate\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/mints\"\u003eMints\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/taffy\"\u003eTaffy \u0026amp; Fruit Chews\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gum-mints\"\u003eGum \u0026amp; Mints\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples in this range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fusion Sweets And Snacks Jawbreakers Candy 3 lb Bag, Individually Wrapped Bulk Assortment; Fusion Sweets And Snacks Gender Reveal Buttermints 100 Count Pink \u0026amp; Blue Individually Wrapped; Fusion Sweets And Snacks Money Buttermints — 100-count Individually Wrapped, Creamy Mint Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-brands\"\u003eBrowse all brands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-categories\"\u003eBrowse all categories\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/best-sellers\"\u003eBest sellers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-jawbreakers-candy-3-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-bulk-assortment-long-lasting-fruit-flavors","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Jawbreakers Candy 3 lb Bag, Individually Wrapped Bulk Assortment — Long‑Lasting Fruit Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks 3-pound bag of individually wrapped jawbreakers is a colorful bulk assortment of long-lasting hard candies in orange, lime, grape, cherry and lemon flavors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a stash of classic, multi-layered jawbreaker candies on hand for parties, classrooms, holidays, or everyday snacking. This three-pound bulk pack contains many individually wrapped pieces designed to stay fresh and easy to distribute. Each jawbreaker is crafted for slow dissolving enjoyment, delivering bright hues and clear fruit-forward flavor notes that appeal to kids and adults alike. The individually wrapped format makes them practical for handing out, portioning into favors, or topping candy buffets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will these jawbreakers stay fresh in the bulk bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sealed, individual wrappers protect each piece from moisture and contamination so they retain texture and flavor longer than loose candy. Stored in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight, they can remain enjoyable for months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to prevent sticky clumping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a pantry or sealed container for extended shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat and humidity to maintain hardness and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and colors are included in the assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk pack features a mixed selection of classic fruit flavors: orange, lime, grape, cherry and lemon. The selection offers vibrant color variety that looks attractive in bowls and party displays and helps guests quickly identify their preferred flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive distinct fruit flavors for diverse taste options\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMulti-layered coloring for a striking visual effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssortment suited for themed events or mixed favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jawbreakers for events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped pieces are ideal for many event uses: fill favor bags, arrange them on candy buffet trays, use as classroom rewards, or include them in holiday stockings. Because they’re long-lasting, they work well as table decorations that double as edible favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for birthday parties, weddings, and holiday celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHand out during trick-or-treating or in office candy bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace in piñatas, Easter baskets, or party favor kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat quantity and value does the three-pound bag offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA three-pound bulk bag contains numerous hard candies, giving you ample supply to share, store, or use across multiple events. Buying in bulk reduces the need for frequent reorders and delivers better value than single packs for large gatherings or ongoing use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGenerous quantity suitable for larger events or prolonged use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEconomical choice compared with purchasing individual packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for businesses, classrooms, and party planners needing volume\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This bulk jawbreaker pack is targeted at party planners, teachers, event hosts, small businesses, and families who want a colorful, long-lasting candy option that’s simple to distribute. If you need a convenient supply of individually wrapped, fruit-flavored hard candies for favors, displays, or everyday treats, the Fusion Sweets And Snacks 3 lb bag is a practical, visually appealing choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Artificial Flavors, Artificial Colors (Includes Fd\u0026amp;C Red 40 Lake, Yellow 5 Lake, Blue 1 Lake, Yellow 6 Lake, Yellow 6, Red 40, Blue 1, Yellow 5), Carnauba Wax.Manufactured In A Facility That Also Manufactures Products Containing Soybean, Eggs And Milk.Made with Bioengineered Ingredient(s).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these jawbreakers individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each jawbreaker is individually wrapped to keep it fresh and make distribution easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What flavors are included in the 3 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The assortment includes orange, lime, grape, cherry and lemon fruit flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002219843667,"sku":"B0G3YXKLFT","price":79.88,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-jawbreakers-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787183477"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-gender-reveal-buttermints-100-count-pink-blue-individually-wrapped-soft-melt-in-your-mouth-favors","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Gender Reveal Buttermints 100 Count Pink \u0026 Blue Individually Wrapped - Soft, Melt-in-Your-Mouth Favors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Gender Reveal Buttermints are a pack of 100 individually wrapped pink and blue butter mints designed to add a sweet, polished touch to gender reveals and baby showers.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese buttery, melt-in-your-mouth mints come individually wrapped for freshness and easy distribution, making them an effortless favor or table accent for parties. The two-tone pink-and-blue colorway coordinates with classic gender reveal palettes, while the compact packaging keeps them convenient for game prizes, favor bags, or place settings. They offer an attractive, low-effort option for hosts who want a tasteful edible keepsake without complicated preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these buttermints fit into a gender reveal celebration?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mints are designed for quick, stylish integration into reveal events: scatter them at place settings, tuck them into favor bags, or use them as small prizes for games. Their color scheme reinforces the theme without overpowering other decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 individually wrapped mints ready to distribute to guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePink and blue colors coordinate with most reveal décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact shape fits into favor bags, jars, or candy stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral flavor appeals to a wide range of guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do these butter mints taste and feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese buttermints offer a smooth, creamy center with a delicate sugar coating that dissolves easily on the tongue. They’re intended as a light after-dinner or party mint—pleasant without being overpowering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, buttery texture that melts rather than crunches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle sweetness suitable as an after-meal treat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent size for predictable portioning and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use them beyond a gender reveal event?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlthough tailored for gender reveals, these pink-and-blue buttermints are versatile for baby showers, thank-you favors, hospitality settings, or themed gatherings like patriotic events where red is absent. They’re an easy way to maintain a cohesive look across many event types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill clear jars or candy dishes at a dessert table.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in thank-you bags for guests or colleagues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as small giveaways at showers, dinners, or receptions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoordinate with table runners, centerpieces, or place cards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the packaging convenient for hosts and event planners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBulk packaging with individual wrapping reduces prep time—no need to separately wrap or portion candies. The count of 100 provides enough pieces for medium-sized gatherings and allows for extra servings or display arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100-count pack minimizes the need for additional purchases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrappers preserve freshness and simplify handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform sizing makes layout and portion planning straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLightweight packaging is easy to store and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Hosts, event planners, and gift-givers looking for an affordable, tasteful edible favor that supports a classic gender reveal aesthetic. Choose Fusion Sweets And Snacks Gender Reveal Buttermints if you want a ready-to-use, hygienic, and visually coordinated candy option that requires no extra wrapping or assembly. They suit baby showers, reveal parties, hospitality settings, and any celebration where simple, elegant confectionery makes a convenient impression.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid Sugar (Sugar, Water), Invert Sugar, Corn Syrup, contains less than 2% of the following: Palm Oil*, Sorbitol, Butter* (Pasteurized Cream Milk, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate, Artificial Flavor, Antioxidant (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) and Soy Lecithin), Salt, Peppermint Oil, Soy Lecithin*, TBHQ (antioxidant), Sodium Benzoate (preservative).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these mints individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each butter mint is individually wrapped to preserve freshness and simplify distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints come in one pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The pack contains 100 individually wrapped pink and blue buttermints, suitable for medium gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003195215955,"sku":"B0G175P7WS","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787208171"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-money-buttermints-100-count-individually-wrapped-creamy-mint-flavor","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Money Buttermints — 100-count Individually Wrapped, Creamy Mint Flavor","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eMoney Buttermints from Fusion Sweets And Snacks are individually wrapped, creamy mint candies sold in a 100-count bag made for parties, promotions, and everyday treats.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese money-themed buttermints combine a smooth, buttery texture with a bright mint finish and come individually wrapped to keep each piece fresh and easy to distribute. Packaged as a generous 100-count, they’re designed to serve as themed décor, giveaways, or just a convenient jar-stuffer at the office. The playful money-motif makes them especially useful for casino nights, corporate events, trade-show handouts, or novelty party favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these buttermints enhance a casino or money-themed party?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey act as edible décor and a tasty treat that reinforces the theme without extra prep. Because each mint is wrapped, you can scatter them on tables, add them to favor bags, or use them as place-setting accents with minimal fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 individually wrapped pieces for easy distribution and table placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMoney-styled appearance complements casino, Vegas, or poker themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy mint flavor suits most palates and pairs well with coffee or dessert\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHygienic wrapping avoids sticky displays and simplifies cleanup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the texture and flavor of these buttermints different from regular mints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are formulated to be creamier and to dissolve more slowly than hard spearmint or peppermint candies. The buttery base gives a milder, more rounded mint profile that many guests find pleasant after meals or between drinks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, melt-in-your-mouth buttermint texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle buttery base with a refreshing mint finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for guests who prefer gentler mint flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to lock in texture and taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can businesses use these as promotional or trade-show giveaways?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re budget-friendly and visually themed, making them an effective handout that draws attention without heavy logistics. Perfect for adding to swag bags, counters, or POS displays, these candies give people something tangible to remember your brand by.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk 100-count pack offers many handouts per event\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for sanitary, grab-and-go distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMoney motif works well for financial firms, casinos, or incentive programs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable and consistent — no refrigeration or special storage required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I serve and store the buttermints to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. For events, place wrapped pieces in bowls, favor pouches, or clear jars so guests can help themselves without touching other candies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened bag in a cool, dry area; avoid heat and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse bowls, jars, or individual favor bags for hygienic display\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-wrap format prevents cross-contamination and extends freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLeftovers can remain wrapped and stored for later use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Fusion Sweets And Snacks Money Buttermints suit event planners, small businesses, party hosts, and promoters who want a playful, easy-to-dispense mint option that doubles as themed décor. If you need a budget-friendly, hygienic candy option with a creamy mint profile and a novelty money look for weddings, showers, trade shows, or office incentives, this 100-count pack provides convenience and visual appeal without complicated setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid Sugar (Sugar, Water), Invert Sugar, Corn Syrup, contains less than 2% of the following: Palm Oil*, Sorbitol, Butter* (Pasteurized Cream Milk, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate, Artificial Flavor, Antioxidant (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) and Soy Lecithin), Salt, Peppermint Oil, Soy Lecithin*, TBHQ (antioxidant), Sodium Benzoate (preservative).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these buttermints individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — all 100 buttermints come individually wrapped for freshness and sanitary distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What flavor and texture can I expect?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They have a creamy, buttery base with a mild mint finish and a soft, melt-in-your-mouth texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003196559443,"sku":"B0FZY9T9ZL","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-money-buttermints-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787208233"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-lemon-hard-candy-discs-individually-wrapped-1-5-lb-zesty-long-lasting-citrus","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Lemon Hard Candy Discs, Individually Wrapped 1.5 lb — Zesty, Long‑Lasting Citrus","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBright, tangy lemon hard candies in a 1.5‑pound heat‑sealed bag — individually wrapped for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Lemon Candy delivers the familiar citrus punch of classic lemon hard candies packed into a generous 1.5 lb resealable-style heat‑sealed bag. Each piece is individually wrapped to keep flavors distinct and make portioning simple, whether you’re topping a candy bowl, treating guests at an event, or keeping a stash on hand for snacks and breaks. The candy pairs a sweet finish with a zesty lemon tang, giving a straightforward, nostalgic flavor profile many shoppers recognize and enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat taste and texture can I expect from these lemon candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are hard candies with a clean, bright lemon flavor that balances sweet and tart notes. They dissolve slowly, so you get a steady burst of citrus rather than an immediate short-lived hit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZesty lemon flavor with a sugary finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard, long‑lasting candy structure for extended enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEvenly coated for consistent taste across pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to preserve texture and aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 1.5 lb heat‑sealed bag help with storage and freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heat‑sealed packaging locks in flavor and keeps humidity out, helping candies stay crisp and flavorful over time. Because the bag holds a generous quantity, it’s practical for families, parties, and commercial uses while remaining simple to store in a pantry or cupboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat seal minimizes air exposure and maintains crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 1.5 lb volume reduces need for frequent reordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wraps inside prevent candies from sticking together\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact bag fits easily on shelves or in snack drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose individually wrapped pieces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual wrapping improves hygiene, portability, and portion control. It’s ideal for handing out at events, slipping into pockets or purses, and keeping candy choices separate for sharing without touching other pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSanitary serving at gatherings and workplaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to distribute for parties, weddings, and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient on‑the‑go snacking and purse or desk storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduces waste by taking only what you need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these lemon candies beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese candies are versatile: use them as a decorative and flavorful addition to dessert presentations, party favors, or candy jars. They also make pocket treats for retail counters, office bowls, and themed event giveaways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill candy dishes for reception areas or counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in party favor bags or wedding candy tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarnish dessert platters for a citrus accent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStock in vending or retail displays for impulse purchases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Lemon Candy is suited for households that enjoy classic, citrus‑forward confections, event planners assembling sweet displays, small retailers seeking a recognizable impulse item, and anyone who appreciates individually wrapped candies for convenience and hygiene. If you want a dependable lemon hard candy that stores well, shares easily, and brings a familiar nostalgic flavor, this 1.5 lb bag is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Citric Acid, Lemon Juice from Concentrate, Confectioner's Glaze (Shellac), Natural and Artificial Flavor, Acacia (Gum Arabic), Modified Food Starch (Corn), Carnauba Wax, Yellow 5, White Mineral Oil. This product was manufactured in a facility where Milk, Eggs, Almonds, Coconut, Peanuts and Soy are used in the production of other products. This product was manufactured in a facility where Milk, Eggs, Almonds, Coconut, Peanuts and Soy are used in the production of other products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — every lemon candy is individually wrapped for hygiene, portability, and freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What size is the bag and is it resealable?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The package contains 1.5 pounds in a heat‑sealed bag; it’s designed for freshness but may require transfer to an airtight container after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003218677843,"sku":"B0CDJPG2YN","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-lemon-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787208769"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-fruit-chews-taffy-candy-2-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-gluten-free-assortment","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Fruit Chews Taffy Candy — 2 lb Bag, Individually Wrapped, Gluten Free Assortment","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Fruit Chews are a 2‑pound bulk bag of individually wrapped, gluten‑free taffy in cherry, orange, lemon, lime, and vanilla—about 140 pieces of chewy candy per bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis assorted bag of fruit chews delivers colorful, bite‑sized taffy for snacking, party bowls, candy buffets, and gift baskets. Each piece is individually wrapped and sealed in a heat‑sealed 2 lb bulk bag to preserve chewiness and flavor. The mix includes bright fruit flavors plus vanilla, and the recipe is labeled gluten free, kosher certified, and peanut free, making it a convenient option for events and shared spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how intense are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment includes cherry, orange, lemon, lime, and vanilla, offering a mix of tangy citrus and creamy sweet notes. Flavors are designed to be bold and easy to recognize in single bites, with vanilla adding a mellow contrast to the fruit varieties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive distinct flavors: cherry, orange, lemon, lime, vanilla\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright, fruit-forward taste profiles balanced by vanilla\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces preserve each flavor until opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces will you get and how is the candy packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2‑pound bag contains approximately 140 individually wrapped fruit chews, making it a high‑value option for gatherings or frequent snacking. The outer bag is heat‑sealed to lock in freshness and keep pieces protected during storage and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate count: 140 individually wrapped chews per 2 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat‑sealed bulk bag for extended shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for easy portioning, sharing, and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these fruit chews suitable for people with allergies or dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—these fruit chews are labeled gluten free, kosher certified, and peanut free, which helps accommodate common dietary concerns. While they address gluten and peanut allergens, always check the packaging for the most current manufacturing and allergen statements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten free formulation for those avoiding wheat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified to meet specific dietary practices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeanut free, suitable for many shared environments like classrooms and offices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this 2 lb bag for events or everyday snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped pieces and bulk quantity make this bag versatile for party favors, candy buffets, trick‑or‑treating, or topping gift baskets. Because the bag keeps pieces fresh, it’s also handy for office bowls, vending, or refilling candy dishes at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy buffets, Easter baskets, and party favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for classroom, office, or event distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood value for frequent entertainers or bulk snacking needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Fruit Chews are ideal for hosts, event planners, teachers, and families who want an affordable, crowd‑friendly candy option that covers common dietary concerns. Buy this 2‑pound, heat‑sealed bag if you need colorful, individually wrapped taffy in multiple fruit flavors and vanilla for sharing, decorating, or everyday sweet cravings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Palm Oil, Condensed Skim Milk, Whey, Malic Acid, Artificial and Natural Flavors, Soy Lecithin, Artifical Colors (including FD\u0026amp;C Yellow 5, Red 40, Blue 1)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 2‑pound bag contains approximately 140 individually wrapped fruit chews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these fruit chews gluten free and peanut free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are labeled gluten free and peanut free, and the product is kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003278479443,"sku":"B0F8Y42W24","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-of-bag.jpg?v=1787209987"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-arcor-fruit-filled-bon-bons-2-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-assorted-fruit-flavors","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Arcor Fruit-Filled Bon Bons, 2 lb Bulk Bag — Individually Wrapped, Assorted Fruit Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArcor Fruit Filled Bon Bons are individually wrapped hard candies with a soft fruit-flavored center, sold in a 2-pound bulk bag ideal for sharing and events.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Arcor Bon Bons combine a classic hard candy shell with a chewy, fruit-filled middle in five bright flavors: lemon, strawberry, orange, pineapple, and cherry. Packed by Fusion Sweets And Snacks, the 2-pound heat-sealed bag holds roughly 130 individually wrapped pieces, making it a practical option for candy bowls, party favors, office treats, or just keeping a sweet stash at home. The candies are by Arcor, a well-known confectionery brand, and are crafted to deliver consistent flavor and freshness with every piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are inside the bag and how distinct are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment includes lemon, strawberry, orange, pineapple, and cherry, each with its own bright fruit profile. The outer shell offers an initial crunchy bite while the fruit-filled center delivers a softer, juicier contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLemon: zesty and tang-forward for citrus lovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry: sweet and classic berry notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrange: balanced citrus with a natural orange aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePineapple: tropical, slightly tart finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCherry: rich, red-fruit sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long do the individually wrapped Bon Bons stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece is individually wrapped to lock in flavor and slow moisture loss, so freshness is maintained longer than unwrapped candy. The outer heat-sealed bag adds another layer of protection until you open it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrappers reduce exposure to air and odors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed bulk bag limits moisture and light exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place for best shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces come in the 2-pound bag and what are common uses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound bag contains approximately 130 pieces, making it a convenient quantity for multiple uses across gatherings and everyday settings. They’re portion-friendly thanks to the individual wrap, so you can hand them out without extra packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty candy bowls and trick-or-treating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice candy jar or reception area\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGift bag fillers, event favors, and classroom treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat texture and eating experience should I expect from these candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a contrast between a crisp hard-candy exterior and a softer, fruit-flavored center. The bite starts with a satisfying crunch followed by a concentrated burst of fruit flavor from the center.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard shell offers immediate crunch and slow dissolve\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit-filled center provides a chewable, flavorful core\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor release is gradual, extending enjoyment per piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 2-pound bag is well suited for hosts, event planners, small-business owners, teachers, and snack enthusiasts who want a reliable bulk supply of assorted fruit candies. If you need individually wrapped pieces for hygienic distribution or prefer a variety of classic fruit flavors in one bag, these Arcor Bon Bons offer a convenient, crowd-pleasing option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, Pear Pulp, Citric Acid, Artificial Flavors, High Oleic Sunflower Oil, FD\u0026amp;C Red #40, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow #6, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow #5. Processed in a Facility that handles Peanuts, Tree Nuts, Milk and Wheat\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many candies are in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Approximately 130 individually wrapped Bon Bons are included in the 2-pound bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the candies suitable for sharing at events?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — individual wrappers make them hygienic and convenient for parties, offices, and giveaways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003295354963,"sku":"B0DTP3D8WC","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/arcor-bon-bons-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787210148"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-italian-lemon-drops-hard-candy-1-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-sicilian-lemon","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Italian Lemon Drops Hard Candy — 1 lb Bulk Bag, Individually Wrapped, Sicilian Lemon","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Italian Lemon Drops are authentic Sicilian-style hard candies, individually wrapped in a 1‑pound bulk bag for long-lasting freshness and bright citrus flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright, tart, and lightly sweetened, these Italian lemon drops bring a classic Mediterranean candy experience to home candy bowls, party favors, and gift baskets. Made using traditional recipes and real Sicilian lemon juice, each goccia-shaped piece delivers a concentrated lemon note wrapped in a clear individual wrapper to lock in aroma and texture. The 1‑pound heat‑sealed bag supplies dozens of pieces, making it an economical choice for events or everyday snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these lemon drops taste and feel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect an immediate lemon aroma followed by a balance of sweet and tangy flavors. The candies are hard and glassy at first, slowly softening as they dissolve, leaving a refreshing citrus aftertaste without artificial heaviness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real Sicilian lemon juice for natural citrus depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear, glassy hard candy texture that slowly dissolves\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eA bright sweet-tart profile, not overly sugary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—individual wrapping and classic lemon styling make them ideal for wedding candy tables, corporate giveaways, or handmade favors. The neutral, elegant look pairs well with vintage jars, favor boxes, or mixed candy assortments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygienic distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1 lb bulk bag offers enough pieces for medium-sized gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs well with rustic or Italian-themed presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve the lemon drops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and texture. For serving, present in a glass jar or candy dish, or include in favor bags—no refrigeration needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed bag protects freshness until opened\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature, avoiding humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for display in candy buffets or packaged gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these lemon drops authentically Italian?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese candies are crafted following Italian confectionery traditions and use Sicilian lemon juice for a genuine regional flavor. The manufacturing methods emphasize clarity, balance, and the bright citrus profile associated with southern Italy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced in Italy with time-honored recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAuthentic Sicilian lemon ingredient for true aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic gocce shape typical of Italian hard candies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Fusion Sweets And Snacks Italian Lemon Drops suit candy lovers who prefer a clean, citrus-forward confection; event planners and gift makers searching for attractively wrapped, authentic treats; and anyone seeking a pantry-friendly bulk bag of Italian lemon candy for entertaining or everyday enjoyment. They work well whether you’re stocking a candy jar, assembling party favors, or adding a regional sweet to a gourmet gift basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, Sicilian Lemon Juice, Citric Acid, Natural Lemon Flavor, Vegetable Juice Color\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many candies are in a 1-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Counts vary by candy size, but a 1‑pound bag typically contains dozens of individually wrapped lemon drops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these candies need refrigeration?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No refrigeration is needed; store the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003385172051,"sku":"B0FJTKMYZ2","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-italian-lemon-drops-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787211299"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-bonelle-sugar-free-italian-fruit-jelly-candy-1-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-vegan-gluten-free-chews","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Bonelle Sugar-Free Italian Fruit Jelly Candy, 1 lb Bag — Individually Wrapped Vegan Gluten-Free Chews","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonelle Sugar Free Italian Fruit Jelly Candy is a one-pound bag of individually wrapped, soft chewy fruit jellies in lemon, orange, blackberry, and strawberry flavors, made to deliver classic Italian candy taste without added sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese sugar-free fruit jellies combine a tender, gummy texture with bright natural flavors for a snack that keeps sweetness and reduces sugar intake. Packaged in one-pound bulk bags with roughly 115 individually wrapped pieces, this confection is designed for convenience, portion control, and sharing. The recipe avoids gluten and animal-derived ingredients, making it suitable for many diets while retaining the European candy feel many shoppers expect from Bonelle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures can I expect from these Italian fruit jellies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece delivers a soft, yielding chew and a clear fruit note rather than cloying sweetness. The four flavors—lemon, orange, blackberry, and strawberry—are meant to be distinct and fruit-forward, with natural coloring to match each taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLemon: bright citrus tang with a crisp finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrange: classic sweet-tart orange candy profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlackberry: deeper berry tone with balanced sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry: familiar jammy strawberry flavor, not artificial\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the sugar-free formulation affect taste and suitability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe candies use sweetener alternatives and natural flavoring to keep the flavor profile lively while removing added sugar. That means you can enjoy fruity candies with fewer sugar calories, and the texture aims to mimic traditional jelly candies rather than hard sugar confections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free sweetening maintains a candy-like sweetness without granulated sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy texture comparable to classic European jellies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural flavors and colors reduce overly artificial notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces preserve freshness and portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for special diets and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBonelle's jellies are formulated to be vegan and gluten-free, broadening their suitability for guests with dietary preferences or restrictions. Because each piece is individually wrapped, they’re convenient for party favors, event candy bowls, classroom treats, or gifting without additional packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegan-friendly—no animal-derived gelatin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free for people avoiding gluten-containing ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for safe distribution at gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk one-pound bag yields about 115 pieces for large groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these jellies to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the sealed bag in a cool, dry area away from direct heat or sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. Individually wrapped pieces can be taken on the go, placed in jars for display, or used straight from the bag at events; avoid high humidity to prevent stickiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom temperature storage in a cool, dry spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse airtight containers for long-term freshness after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces are travel- and event-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for candy dishes, party favors, or office snack bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Shoppers looking for a flavorful, sugar-free European-style candy that fits vegan and gluten-free diets will find Bonelle sugar-free Italian fruit jellies appealing. They suit event planners, parents packing lunchbox treats, office managers stocking breakroom snacks, or anyone who prefers individually wrapped candies for hygiene and portion control. If you want fruit-forward taste without added sugar and with the convenience of individually wrapped pieces, this one-pound Bonelle bag delivers a flexible, shareable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaltitol Syrup, Maltitol, Steviol Glycosides (Stevia Extract, Thaumatin, Water, Lemon juice, Citric Acid, Pectin, Vegetable Juice Color, Natural Flavors. Excessive consumption may have a laxative effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Bonelle jellies truly sugar free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, these jellies are formulated without added sugar and use sugar-free sweeteners to provide sweetness without granulated sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in a one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A one-pound bag contains approximately 115 individually wrapped pieces, making it ideal for sharing and events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003414335571,"sku":"B0FH394YXP","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/bonelle-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787211633"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-baby-girl-buttermints-candy-pink-100-individually-wrapped-soft-creamy-mints-for-baby-showers","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Baby Girl Buttermints Candy, Pink — 100 Individually Wrapped, Soft Creamy Mints for Baby Showers","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoft, creamy buttermints wrapped in pink \"It's a Girl\" foil—100 individually sealed pieces ideal for baby showers, gender reveals, and party favors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCelebrate a newborn girl with a classic, crowd-pleasing confection: Fusion Sweets And Snacks Baby Girl Buttermints. These milk‑smooth, melt-in-your-mouth mints arrive in charming pink wrappers printed with \"It's a Girl,\" and are packaged as 100 individually wrapped pieces inside a heat-sealed bag to keep every mint fresh. They’re designed to be an easy, attractive addition to favor bags, candy stations, diaper cakes, and dessert tables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these buttermints simplify party favor planning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause each mint is individually wrapped and packed in a sealed bag, they’re ready to distribute straight out of the box. You can portion them into favor bags, fill small jars, or set out bowls without extra prep time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 pre-wrapped mints for quick portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed packaging maintains freshness for events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with standard favor bag sizes and mini jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo refrigeration or special handling required before use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture should guests expect from each candy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese buttermints deliver a soft, creamy buttercream-style mint that dissolves easily on the tongue. The texture is tender rather than hard, giving a gentle, sweet finish that complements desserts and coffee service at showers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelicate, melt-in-your-mouth buttermint texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMild, buttery mint flavor that pairs with sweets and drinks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight sweetness suitable for all ages at family gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform size for consistent serving and display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these pink mints to enhance baby shower decor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThemed packaging and soft pink color make these mints a decorative element as well as a treat. Use them as accents on the dessert table, tucked into clear containers, or incorporated into centerpieces to add color and a unified theme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill glass bowls or apothecary jars for a coordinated candy station\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach a few mints to place cards or favor tags for a personal touch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLayer them in clear tubes or vases for candy buffet vertical interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as filler for diaper cakes, gift baskets, or candy-filled balloons\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mints versatile beyond baby showers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. While styled for baby girl celebrations, their simple pink design and mild flavor fit many other uses — from gender reveals and hospital welcome baskets to bakers’ finishing touches on party platters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for gender reveal parties, welcome-home gifts, and sprinkles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for event planners needing color-coordinated candies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a sweet thank-you token at bridal showers or pink-themed events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces make transport and distribution easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product best for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Baby Girl Buttermints are ideal for parents, event planners, and hosts who want a low-effort, attractive sweet for a baby girl celebration. They suit anyone organizing a baby shower, gender reveal, hospital basket, or party favor project who needs a pre-wrapped, themed candy that looks polished on display and is simple to distribute. If you prefer subtle, creamy mints in a coordinated pink presentation, these 100 individually wrapped buttermints offer a convenient and decorative solution without extra assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid Sugar (Sugar, Water), Invert Sugar, Corn Syrup, contains less than 2% of the following: Palm Oil*, Sorbitol, Butter* (Pasteurized Cream Milk, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate, Artificial Flavor, Antioxidant (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) and Soy Lecithin), Salt, Peppermint Oil, Soy Lecithin*, TBHQ (antioxidant), Sodium Benzoate (preservative).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these mints individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—each of the 100 buttermints is individually wrapped and the bag is heat-sealed for freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these for gender reveals or other events?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely; the pink \"It's a Girl\" design suits baby showers, gender reveals, welcome baskets, and favor bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003559563347,"sku":"B0FBYBWG27","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-packaging-baby-girl-buttermints.jpg?v=1787213150"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-mr-mrs-buttermints-100-count-individually-wrapped-wedding-favors-creamy-butter-flavor","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Mr. \u0026 Mrs. Buttermints, 100-Count Individually Wrapped Wedding Favors — Creamy Butter Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMr. \u0026amp; Mrs. Buttermints are a bag of 100 individually wrapped, creamy butter-flavored mints designed as elegant wedding favors and reception treats.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese classic wedding butter mints from Fusion Sweets And Snacks combine a smooth, melt-in-your-mouth texture with tasteful Mr. \u0026amp; Mrs. foil wrapping for a polished presentation. Packaged in a heat-sealed bag, each mint stays fresh until you place it in favor boxes, jars, or on dessert tables. The pack of 100 offers an easy way to add a refined edible accent to showers, rehearsal dinners, engagement parties, and wedding receptions without extra prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these buttermints elevate my wedding decor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe understated look of the Mr. \u0026amp; Mrs. foil wrappers pairs well with many color palettes and decor styles, from vintage to modern. Their uniform appearance creates a cohesive candy display and adds a small, elegant detail to tablescapes or place settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent Mr. \u0026amp; Mrs. foil design for coordinated presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall size fits into favor boxes, organza bags, or glass jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral butter flavor complements desserts and coffee service\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100-count quantity supports multiple tables or guest bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mints practical for guest favors and candy buffets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — each mint is individually wrapped and the whole package is heat-sealed for freshness, making them convenient to distribute or display. Their texture and flavor make them pleasant as a post-dinner refreshment without needing refrigeration or special handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed bag preserves flavor until opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack size ideal for small to mid-size gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in bulk jars, bowls, or mixed candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about flavor, texture, and quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese buttermints deliver a soft, buttery center that dissolves smoothly on the palate. The flavor profile is subtle and not overpowering, meant to complement desserts and after-dinner coffee rather than replace them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, melt-in-your-mouth consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelicate butter mint flavor, not overly sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to protect texture and scent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for single-bite enjoyment by guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow easy is it to incorporate these into event planning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery easy — the mints require no assembly and can be added directly to centerpieces, place settings, or favor bags. Their ready-to-use format saves time during setup and allows flexible placement across event spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo assembly or refrigeration needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with DIY favor ideas and professional catering setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for rehearsal dinners, welcome events, or travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple to count and portion thanks to the 100-count pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Mr. \u0026amp; Mrs. Buttermints are ideal for brides and grooms, wedding planners, and hosts who want a tasteful, low-effort edible favor. They also suit anyone organizing bridal showers, engagement parties, rehearsal dinners, or reception candy displays who values neat presentation, freshness, and subtle flavor. If you need an affordable, attractive finishing touch that’s ready to place on tables or tuck into gift bags, this 100-count pack provides a reliable, elegant option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid Sugar (Sugar, Water), Invert Sugar, Corn Syrup, contains less than 2% of the following: Palm Oil*, Sorbitol, Butter* (Pasteurized Cream Milk, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate, Artificial Flavor, Antioxidant (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) and Soy Lecithin), Salt, Peppermint Oil, Soy Lecithin*, TBHQ (antioxidant), Sodium Benzoate (preservative).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints are in one pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each heat-sealed pack contains 100 individually wrapped Mr. \u0026amp; Mrs. buttermints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these mints pre-wrapped for hygiene?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — every mint is individually wrapped and the whole bag is heat-sealed for freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003559530579,"sku":"B0FBZ6YKCW","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-mr-mrs-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787213151"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-wax-bottle-candy-drinks-1-lb-bag-retro-juice-filled-novelty-candy-assorted-fruit-flavors","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Wax Bottle Candy Drinks 1 lb Bag — Retro Juice-Filled Novelty Candy, Assorted Fruit Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetro wax bottle candy drinks are small, juice-filled wax bottles sold in a 1-pound bag that deliver playful, biteable candy and squeezable juice for a nostalgic snacking experience.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese vintage-style wax bottle candies from Fusion Sweets And Snacks combine chewy wax shells with a sweet liquid center in assorted flavors. Packaged in a heat-sealed 1-pound bag, the mix is designed to stay fresh while offering a fun, interactive treat reminiscent of classic candy shop finds. The bright colors and novelty shape make them a conversation-starting addition to party favor bowls, candy jars, and snack mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and variety come in the 1-pound bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains an assortment of flavors so you get a random, joyful selection each time. Flavors typically span fruity profiles, providing contrasting sweet and tangy notes that appeal across ages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple fruit-inspired flavors in each bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColorful mix—no single-flavor guarantees\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach piece offers a different taste experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you enjoy wax bottle candy drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese candies are meant to be both eaten and sipped: bite or cut the wax top to squeeze the liquid center, then chew the wax shell or discard it—whichever you prefer. They’re simple to share and work well as a novelty addition to gatherings or as small rewards in snack packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSqueeze the juice out, then chew or discard the wax\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe in bowls, party bags, or candy stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKid-friendly novelty with adult nostalgia appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is freshness and quality maintained?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 1-pound bag is heat-sealed to protect the candies from moisture and air, helping preserve texture and flavor until opened. Proper storage in a cool, dry place extends shelf stability and keeps the colors vivid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed packaging locks in freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore away from heat and direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal or transfer to an airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe playful shape and bright colors make these wax bottle drinks a memorable choice for party favors, candy buffets, or themed gift bags. Their novelty factor encourages interaction and makes them a budget-friendly option for bulk treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for birthday parties, retro-themed events, and favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into smaller bags or jars for giveaways\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEye-catching display option for candy tables and events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Fusion Sweets And Snacks Wax Bottle Candy Drinks suit anyone seeking a nostalgic, playful candy—parents planning party favors, collectors of classic sweets, and snack lovers who enjoy interactive treats. They’re ideal when you want an affordable, shareable novelty candy with a fun presentation and varied fruity tastes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, high fructose, corn syrup, artificial flavors, white grape juice (from concentrate), citric acid, sodium benzoate and potassium sorbate (preservatives) and artificial colors (FD\u0026amp;C red 40, blue 1, yellow 5, yellow 6).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I store these wax bottle candies?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep in a cool, dry place away from sunlight; reseal or transfer to an airtight container after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can children enjoy these candies safely?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—children often enjoy them, but supervise younger kids due to the small size and chewing option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003561955411,"sku":"B0CQTS6NLK","price":58.59,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-wax-bottle-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787213168"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-white-buttermints-100-count-individually-wrapped-creamy-melt-in-your-mouth-butter-mints","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks White Buttermints 100 Count — Individually Wrapped, Creamy Melt-in-Your-Mouth Butter Mints","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are smooth, white buttermints by Fusion Sweets And Snacks — 100 individually wrapped, creamy butter mints designed for weddings, showers, and elegant gatherings.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLight and buttery with a melt-in-your-mouth texture, these white buttermints come in a pack of 100 and are individually wrapped to preserve flavor and presentation. Their neutral white wrap and classic taste make them a discreet, refined addition to candy buffets, place settings, and favor bags. Packaged for freshness, they fit seamlessly into both casual and formal events without overpowering other desserts or décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these buttermints elevate event tables?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey offer a polished, uniform look while delivering a gentle sweet finish after a meal. Their white foil wrap complements any color scheme and adds a small, elegant touch to centerpieces or dessert displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 individually wrapped pieces for consistent presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral white wrap pairs with all décor themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall, meltable texture suitable for after-dinner serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to arrange in jars, bowls, or favor boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mints suitable for favor bags and place settings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the individually sealed mints are convenient for distribution and hygiene, making them ideal for favors or table accents. They’re compact enough to tuck into small bags or nestle beside place cards without taking up space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for cleanliness and easy handing out\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact shape fits into favor boxes and envelopes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle white color maintains a classy aesthetic\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent size helps with portion planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can guests expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a smooth, buttery sweetness that dissolves quickly on the tongue rather than a strong mint bite. The texture is soft yet firm enough to hold shape until chewed, offering a pleasant, creamy finish suitable for guests of many ages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGentle buttercream-like sweetness, not overpowering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelt-in-the-mouth consistency for easy enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced flavor works well after meals or with coffee\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePopular choice for guests who prefer mild confections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is freshness and quality maintained in the packaging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach buttermint is heat-sealed in its own wrapper to lock in flavor and prevent contamination. The outer bag keeps all pieces together and reduces exposure to humidity and air until ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual heat-sealed wrappers for hygiene and freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOuter sealed bag provides an extra layer of protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for short- to medium-term storage at room temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple packaging keeps presentation tidy at events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Fusion Sweets white buttermints are aimed at event planners, hosts, and gift-makers seeking an understated, crowd-pleasing confection. They work well for weddings, bridal and baby showers, rehearsal dinners, corporate gatherings, and hospitality stations where a small, elegant treat is desired. If you need an easy-to-distribute, visually neutral mint that satisfies a range of tastes without demanding special storage, this 100-count pack is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid Sugar (Sugar, Water), Invert Sugar, Corn Syrup, contains less than 2% of the following: Palm Oil*, Sorbitol, Butter* (Pasteurized Cream Milk, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate, Artificial Flavor, Antioxidant (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) and Soy Lecithin), Salt, Peppermint Oil, Soy Lecithin*, TBHQ (antioxidant), Sodium Benzoate (preservative).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints are in the package?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This pack contains 100 individually wrapped white buttermints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the mints individually wrapped for hygiene?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each mint is heat-sealed in its own wrapper to preserve freshness and cleanliness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003562381395,"sku":"B0FBXDPD18","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-white-buttermints-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787213170"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-sugar-free-peppermint-starlight-candy-1-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-gluten-free","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Sugar-Free Peppermint Starlight Candy, 1 lb Bag, Individually Wrapped, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets Sugar Free Peppermint Starlight Candy is a 1-pound bag of individually wrapped, classic peppermint mints made without sugar for a refreshing, low-carb-friendly treat.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese peppermint starlights deliver the familiar cool, sweet peppermint flavor in a sugar-free recipe packaged in a heat-sealed 1 lb bag. Each candy is wrapped individually to lock in freshness, and the bulk quantity—about 90 mints per bag—makes this pack convenient for daily use, office bowls, events, or travel. They’re labeled gluten-free and formulated for people who prefer reduced-sugar options, while still offering the crisp texture and bright flavor you expect from a traditional starlight mint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly is inside the 1-pound bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery bag contains approximately 90 individually wrapped peppermint starlights, produced to preserve flavor and texture. The heat-sealed packaging protects the mints from moisture and keeps them ready to share or carry with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 90 sugar-free peppermint mints per 1 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach mint is individually wrapped for hygiene and portability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed bag maintains freshness during storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic round starlight shape and crisp snap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mints suitable for low-carb or gluten-free diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese mints are formulated without sugar and are labeled gluten-free, making them compatible with many low-carb and gluten-free eating plans. They’re intended as a reduced-sugar candy option for people who monitor sugar intake, though individual dietary needs vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free formulation—alternative sweeteners used\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free ingredient list for sensitivity-friendly use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for keto-ish snacks and low-sugar cravings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck ingredient panel if you have strict medical dietary rules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store and use these individually wrapped mints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed 1 lb bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. The individually wrapped mints are convenient for pockets, purses, car compartments, candy dishes, and event favors, and the resealable heat-seal keeps remaining candies fresh after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry cupboard; avoid heat and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for on-the-go freshness and cleanliness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for candy jars, receptions, or office bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal the bag to extend shelf life after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and mouthfeel can I expect from these peppermint starlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a crisp, snap-like bite with a cooling peppermint finish reminiscent of classic starlight mints. The sugar-free sweetening provides sweetness without the sticky residue of sugar candies, making them feel light and refreshing breathwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic bright peppermint flavor with cooling notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrisp texture that snaps when bitten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNon-sticky finish compared with sugared mints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for preserved aroma and taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets Sugar Free Peppermint Starlight Candy is well suited to people who want the familiar peppermint taste without added sugar—those following low-sugar or low-carb diets, anyone seeking gluten-free candy options, hosts filling candy bowls for workplaces or events, and shoppers who prefer individually wrapped pieces for portability and hygiene. If you need strict medical advice on sugar intake, consult a healthcare professional; for flavorful, convenient peppermint mints, this 1 lb bag offers bulk value and everyday freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIsomalt, Maltitol Syrup, Natural Flavor (Peppermint), Artificial Color (Titanium Dioxide), Sucralose, High Oleic Sunflower Oil, FD\u0026amp;C Red #40, Propylene Glycol, Citric Acid, FD\u0026amp;C Blue #1. Excessive consumption may have a laxative effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints are in the 1-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 90 individually wrapped peppermint mints per 1 lb bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these truly sugar-free and gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, they are formulated sugar-free and labeled gluten-free; check the ingredient list for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003602751571,"sku":"B0DB2P5GPB","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-front-of-bag.jpg?v=1787213665"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-sugar-free-butterscotch-hard-candy-1-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-75-pieces","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Sugar Free Butterscotch Hard Candy — 1 lb Bag, Individually Wrapped, ~75 Pieces","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArcor Sugar Free Butterscotch Hard Candy is a 1‑pound bag of individually wrapped, fat‑free hard candies that deliver classic buttery butterscotch taste without sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy familiar butterscotch flavor in a convenient bulk format from Fusion Sweets And Snacks. This one‑pound heat‑sealed bag contains roughly 75 individually wrapped pieces, so they stay fresh and are easy to share, distribute at events, or keep at a desk drawer for occasional sweet cravings. The recipe focuses on delivering rich buttery notes while avoiding sugar, packaged for long shelf life and portion control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does \"sugar free\" mean for this butterscotch candy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\"Sugar free\" indicates the candy is formulated without added sugar as a sweetener, using alternative sweetening agents to replicate sweetness. It preserves the characteristic butterscotch flavor profile—caramelized butter and brown sugar notes—without classic sucrose content. Check the ingredient panel for specific sweeteners and allergen information if you have dietary sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with alternative sweeteners rather than table sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains butterscotch’s buttery, caramelized taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat‑sealed 1‑pound bag for extended shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many candies are in the 1‑pound bag and how are they packaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag contains approximately 75 individually wrapped butterscotch buttons, making it easy to grab a single portion without exposing the rest of the bag. The heat‑sealed outer bag locks in freshness from production to opening, and the single‑wrap pieces are handy for handing out at gatherings or placing in bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 75 individually wrapped pieces per 1 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat‑sealed outer bag protects from moisture and air\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wraps support portion control and sanitary serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk format offers better value than small retail packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this candy suitable for special occasions and everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulk, individually wrapped format makes these candies versatile for parties, workplace bowls, trick‑or‑treating, or keeping in a personal candy stash. Because they’re fat‑free and sugar‑free, they’re often chosen by people managing calorie or sugar intake who still want a classic candy taste. They’re also practical for businesses needing low‑maintenance, ready‑to‑serve candy options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for office candy dishes, candy buffets, and event favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient for handing out at receptions or kids’ parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall individually wrapped size simplifies portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable hard candy format tolerates transport and display well\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these butterscotch candies to keep them best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the heat‑sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly or transfer candies to an airtight container to limit exposure to humidity and odors. Proper storage keeps the hard candy crisp and flavors intact for months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry cupboard or pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat and direct sunlight to prevent stickiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal bag or use an airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wraps add an extra layer of protection for freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks’ Arcor Sugar Free Butterscotch Hard Candy is aimed at candy lovers seeking the buttery butterscotch flavor without sugar, event planners and businesses that need bulk individually wrapped sweets, and anyone wanting a convenient, fat‑free treat option. It suits households, offices, and venues where portion control, hygiene, and long shelf life matter. Always check packaging for detailed ingredient and allergen information if you have specific dietary requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIsomalt, Maltitol Syrup, Salt, Artificial Flavor, Sucralose, High Oleic Sunflower Oil, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow #5, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow #6, Citric Acid. Excessive consumption may have a laxative effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many candies are in a 1‑pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 75 individually wrapped butterscotch candies per 1‑pound bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies fat free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the Arcor sugar free butterscotch hard candies are fat‑free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003613532243,"sku":"B0D7K6N1TV","price":57.65,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/arcor-sugar-free-butterscotch-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787213726"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-party-mints-bulk-2-lb-pastel-cube-butter-mints-soft-meltaway-texture-for-weddings-events","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Party Mints Bulk 2 lb Pastel Cube Butter Mints — Soft Meltaway Texture for Weddings \u0026 Events","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese Fusion Sweets And Snacks Party Mints are a 2-pound bulk bag of pastel cube-shaped butter mints with a soft, melt-in-your-mouth texture ideal for weddings, showers, and candy buffets.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSoft, buttery and gently sweet, these pastel cube mints bring classic buttercream flavor and a smooth melt to large gatherings. Packaged in a heat-sealed 2 lb bag, the candies are meant to be displayed in bowls, used as favors, or scattered across dessert tables. The assortment of muted pastel shades adds a refined visual touch that works with many color palettes without overwhelming the décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these mints fit into a wedding or large event?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey offer a low-fuss decorative candy option that complements formal and casual settings. Because they come in bulk and present small, consistent cubes, they’re easy to portion into favor bags or arrange on a candy station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 lb bag holds dozens of pieces for buffets or guest favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePastel tones coordinate with many wedding themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed packaging keeps candies fresh until service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the flavor and texture feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mints have a light buttercream profile with a soft, meltaway texture that dissolves on the tongue rather than crunching. The result is a subtle sweet finish you can serve after dinner or alongside coffee and tea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic butter mint flavor without heavy aftertaste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmooth, creamy consistency that melts easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable as an after-dinner palate cleanser or sweet nibble\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these mints beyond weddings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re versatile for showers, baptisms, corporate events, holiday parties, and everyday hospitality displays. The pastel palette and compact cube shape make them ideal for filling jars, topping gift baskets, or adding to party favor boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for baby showers, gender reveals, and birthday parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for conference snack bowls or office reception areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in candy buffets, favor bags, and decorative jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store and serve the mints for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the heat-sealed bag in a cool, dry place until you’re ready to serve. For events, transfer to clear jars or bowls shortly before guests arrive to maintain the fresh texture and attractive presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore away from heat and humidity to preserve texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse clear containers or small favor bags for neat portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest served at room temperature for optimal melt-in-mouth feel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you plan or host gatherings and want an elegant, budget-friendly candy that looks polished and tastes familiar, these Fusion Sweets And Snacks pastel butter mints suit event planners, caterers, DIY party hosts, and anyone assembling gift baskets or hospitality displays. They’re designed for people who need a crowd-pleasing, easy-to-serve sweet with decorative appeal and a gentle buttercream taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Contains 2% or less of: Natural Peppermint flavor, Cream of Tartar, Yellow 5, Red 40, Yellow 6, Blue 1, Titanium Dioxide\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these mints individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the mints are bulk in a heat-sealed 2 lb bag and not individually wrapped.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these mints contain nuts or common allergens?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the product label for allergen details; the packaging lists ingredient and allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003627720787,"sku":"B0FHJGL5SJ","price":57.65,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-of-bag_bef92092-fc63-4c6d-ac31-c533de00bde1.jpg?v=1787213886"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-pink-buttermints-100-count-individually-wrapped-soft-buttercream-flavor-heat-sealed-freshness","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Pink Buttermints 100 Count Individually Wrapped — Soft Buttercream Flavor, Heat-Sealed Freshness","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eSoft, creamy pink buttermints packaged in 100 individually wrapped pieces — perfect bite-sized favors for a baby girl shower.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCelebrate a new arrival with a tidy, sweet touch: these pink buttermints from Fusion Sweets And Snacks come in a bulk pack of 100, each heat-sealed to preserve flavor and texture. Their pale-pink wrappers and subtle buttercream taste make them an easy addition to candy stations, favor bags, diaper cakes, or dessert tables without fuss or refrigeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these pink buttermints elevate my baby shower table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey provide instant visual cohesion and an edible keepsake guests can take home. The uniform pink wrappers add color while the small, pillowy candies invite sampling across the spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e100 pieces for easy display in jars, bowls, or labeled favor boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact size fits with cupcakes, macarons, or cake pops on dessert trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed packaging keeps individual pieces sanitary for buffet-style service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mints suitable for creating party favors and gift bags?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the individually wrapped format simplifies portioning and presentation. Slip 4–8 mints into organza bags, match the wrappers to ribbons, or use them as table place-setting treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for tidy assembly and longer freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk quantity supports multiple favor bags without repackaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePink foil complements girl-themed color palettes and decorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can guests expect from these buttermints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a gentle buttercream-like mint with a soft, melt-in-the-mouth texture rather than a hard candy crunch. The flavor is mild and crowd-friendly, suitable for guests who prefer subtle sweets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy center with a creamy butter-mint profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot intensely minty — more of a dessert-style sweet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent texture preserved by individual heat-sealed wrappers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these mints beyond a traditional baby shower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re versatile: use them for gender reveals, welcome-home baskets, hospital goodie bags, or as decorative accents in baked-goods displays. Their size and presentation lend themselves to many event uses where a touch of pink is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for gender-reveal candy stations and sprinkle events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to hospital or new-baby gift baskets for a cheerful treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as decorative edible pieces on diaper cakes or centerpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Parents, party planners, and hosts looking for an easy, attractive confection to match girl-themed celebrations will appreciate these pink buttermints. They suit anyone wanting crowd-pleasing table candy that is simple to arrange, hygienic to serve, and affordable when buying in bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid Sugar (Sugar, Water), Invert Sugar, Corn Syrup, contains less than 2% of the following: Palm Oil*, Sorbitol, Butter* (Pasteurized Cream Milk, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate, Artificial Flavor, Antioxidant (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) and Soy Lecithin), Salt, Peppermint Oil, Soy Lecithin*, TBHQ (antioxidant), Sodium Benzoate (preservative).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these buttermints individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — each of the 100 buttermints is individually wrapped and packed in a heat-sealed bag for freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do these mints have a strong mint flavor?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — they have a mild buttercream-like mint flavor with a soft, melt-in-your-mouth texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003643416659,"sku":"B0FPMNFXXH","price":58.82,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-pink-buttermints-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787214127"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-dads-root-beer-barrels-hard-candy-2-lb-bulk-individually-wrapped-gluten-free","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Dad's Root Beer Barrels Hard Candy 2 lb Bulk, Individually Wrapped, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDad's Root Beer Barrels are classic hard candies with bold root beer flavor, sold in a 2-pound bulk bag with individually wrapped pieces for freshness and sharing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a nostalgic candy experience with this large resealable bag of Dad's Root Beer Barrels. Each piece captures the rich, rounded taste of root beer in a hard-candy format, packaged individually to lock in flavor and make portioning simple. The bag is designed for gatherings, party favors, candy dishes, or everyday snacking when you want a dependable, old-fashioned sweet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy comes in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound bulk bag contains roughly one hundred individually wrapped Dad's Root Beer Barrels, providing an ample supply for events or long-term enjoyment. Because each piece is heat-sealed, the candies stay fresh until opened, and the large quantity makes it easy to refill bowls or assemble favors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 individually wrapped pieces per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2-pound total weight for extended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed wrappers to preserve flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk size suitable for parties, offices, or retail displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the flavor and texture actually feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach candy delivers a distinctly deep root beer profile—sweet with slightly spicy, soda-like notes—encased in a firm, glassy hard shell. The pieces dissolve steadily, releasing their full-bodied flavor over time rather than disappearing instantly, which makes them ideal for savoring or sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRobust root beer flavor with traditional notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFirm hard-candy texture that dissolves slowly\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for controlled portions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent taste across pieces batch to batch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for special diets or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDad's Root Beer Barrels are both gluten-free and fat-free, fitting many common dietary preferences and simplifying candy selection for mixed crowds. They work well in themed parties, holiday gift bags, or as desk snacks where allergens and fat content might be a consideration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and fat-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to reduce cross-contamination risks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood option for party favors, candy jars, and giveaways\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimple to portion for events or retail merchandising\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these hard candies to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bulk bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain flavor and texture. Once opened, reseal the bag if possible or transfer candies to an airtight container to prevent stickiness and preserve their distinctive root beer taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry cupboard or pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat and humidity to prevent melting or sticking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse airtight containers after opening for best freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces help extend shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 2-pound bag of Dad's Root Beer Barrels is ideal for candy lovers who appreciate classic soda flavors, event planners assembling party favors, retailers stocking nostalgic sweets, and anyone seeking a large, conveniently portioned supply. If you want durable hard candies with a recognizable root beer profile and easy sharing options, this bulk pack is designed to fit those needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, corn syrup, Contains less than 2% of natural and artificial flavors, yellow 5, yellow 6, red 40, red 3, blue 1, caramel color\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bag contains about 100 individually wrapped Dad's Root Beer Barrels, suitable for parties or long-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, Dad's Root Beer Barrels are labeled gluten-free and also contain no fat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003776421971,"sku":"B0D64SVJW2","price":58.26,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-dads-root-beer-barrels-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787214790"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-1-inch-assorted-fruit-gumballs-2-lb-bulk-bag-heat-sealed-for-machines-parties","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks 1-Inch Assorted Fruit Gumballs — 2 lb Bulk Bag, Heat-Sealed for Machines \u0026 Parties","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are 1-inch assorted fruit-flavor gumballs sold in a 2-pound, heat-sealed bag — ready to refill gumball machines, party jars, and candy buffets.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright, chewy, and designed for convenience, the Fusion Sweets And Snacks 1-inch gumballs bulk bag provides a colorful supply of bubble gum in assorted fruit flavors. Packed fresh and individually heat-sealed inside a resealable 2 lb bag, this bulk mix keeps pieces separate, preserves flavor, and reduces stickiness. Whether you run a small retail dispenser, host themed events, or want an easy household candy stash, these gumballs are sized and blended to perform well in machines while offering a fun snacking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these gumballs perform in gumball machines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt a standard 1-inch diameter, these gum balls are made to dispense reliably from most classic machines and modern tabletop dispensers. Their uniform sizing and rounded finish reduce jamming, and the heat-sealed packaging arrives ready for quick refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard 1-inch diameter for compatibility with common machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmooth, rounded surface to minimize sticking and jams\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged in a 2 lb bag for multiple refills\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed pieces help prevent clumping during storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and colors are included in the assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend offers a vibrant mix of fruit-inspired flavors that deliver sweet, classic bubble gum taste with bright visual appeal. Colors rotate through reds, yellows, pinks, greens, and blues to create an eye-catching display wherever they're used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted fruit-inspired flavors for variety and broad appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMulticolor mix enhances visual impact in dispensers and tablescapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent chew and flavor intensity across pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for themed color palettes and party setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the 2 lb gumball bag to keep freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe gumballs arrive heat-sealed to lock in flavor; after opening, store the bag in a cool, dry place and reseal or transfer to an airtight container. Avoid prolonged exposure to heat or humidity to maintain texture and prevent sticking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore resealed bag in a cool, dry cupboard or pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse an airtight jar for long-term storage after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from direct sunlight and high temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRotate stock by using older bags first for consistent freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can these gumballs be used beyond machines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond vending, the colorful 1-inch gumballs are a versatile option for candy buffets, party favors, craft projects, and event décor. Their bold look and uniform size make them easy to portion into favor bags, display in apothecary jars, or combine with other sweets for themed arrangements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill clear jars or dispensers for tabletop displays at events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion into small favor bags for birthdays and celebrations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as bright, edible accents for candy buffets and dessert tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for retail refill stations, office breakrooms, and fundraisers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Retailers, event planners, parents, and machine owners who need a reliable, eye-catching gum ball supply will find this 2 lb bag practical and economical. If you operate a candy dispenser, design party candy stations, or simply enjoy keeping a colorful snack stash at home, Fusion Sweets And Snacks' 1-inch assorted gumballs deliver machine-friendly sizing, vibrant presentation, and convenient bulk packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Corn Syrup, Gum Base, Gum Arabic, Taioca Dextrin, Confectioners Glaze, Carnuba Wax, Artifical Flavors, Vegetable Juice (color), Aritificial Colors, (FD\u0026amp;C Red 40, Blue 1, Yellow 5, Yellow 6, Blue 2 Lake, Blue 1 Lake), Corn Starch, BHT(to maintain freshness). Milk And Soy May Be Present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs suitable for standard gumball machines?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These 1-inch gumballs are sized for most classic and tabletop gumball machines and are designed to reduce jamming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I store the gumballs after opening the bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Reseal the bag or transfer to an airtight container and keep in a cool, dry place away from heat and sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004165869651,"sku":"B0FHS9RYY7","price":68.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-bag.jpg?v=1787216961"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-salt-water-taffy-assorted-2-pound-bag-individually-wrapped-resealable","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Salt Water Taffy Assorted 2 Pound Bag — Individually Wrapped, Resealable","description":"\u003cb\u003eA two-pound bag of Fusion Sweets And Snacks assorted salt water taffy delivers an individually wrapped mix of chewy, vintage-style flavors for sharing, gifting, or everyday snacking.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk assortment gathers classic and modern salt water taffy flavors into one resealable 2 lb bag, each piece wrapped for convenience and freshness. The mix balances nostalgic tastes such as vanilla and chocolate with brighter notes like banana and huckleberry, providing variety for candy bowls, party favors, and on-the-go treats. The soft, pliable texture is designed for easy chewing and portion control, while the individually wrapped pieces keep hands and surfaces clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors come in this 2-pound taffy mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment includes a curated selection of traditional and contemporary flavors to satisfy different preferences. Expect classics alongside seasonal or limited-run varieties for a well-rounded batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVanilla and chocolate for familiar, crowd-pleasing tastes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit-forward options like banana and huckleberry for brighter sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMints and spiced twists such as peppermint for contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRandomized assortment so each bag offers a slightly different flavor balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the candy packaged and how long will it stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach taffy piece is individually wrapped inside a larger resealable 2 lb bag, making handling and sharing hygienic and tidy. The outer bag helps limit air exposure, and the single-piece wraps preserve texture and flavor until opened.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces prevent sticky hands and cross-contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable outer bag extends freshness after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight for best texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for candy bowls, gift jars, or portioned party favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat occasions are best for using this bulk taffy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound bag is versatile for both casual and special events, easily scaling to gatherings or everyday use. Its vintage look and variety make it a popular pick for themed parties, corporate bowls, and seasonal celebrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBirthday parties and baby showers — simple to portion into favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice candy bowls and retail impulse displays for continuous snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHoliday and seasonal decor where nostalgic candy complements themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGift baskets or care packages that benefit from individually wrapped candies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this taffy compare to other bulk candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared with hard candies and chocolates, salt water taffy offers a softer chew and a more flexible flavor range. The individually wrapped format pairs the convenience of bulk buying with single-serving hygiene, making it a practical sweet option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSofter texture than hard candy — gentle on teeth and easy to chew\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMore variety per bag than many single-flavor bulk packs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for cleaner distribution than loose candy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic aesthetic suitable for nostalgic displays and gift giving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Fusion Sweets And Snacks Assorted Salt Water Taffy suits hosts, event planners, retailers, and anyone looking for a nostalgic, shareable candy option. It’s a practical pick for families, offices, and small businesses that want a mix of flavors in a hygienic, easy-to-distribute format without committing to a single taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn Syrup, Sugar, Coconut Oil, Contains 1% Or Less Of: Egg Whites, Natural And Artificial Flavors, Salt, Malic Acid, Yellow 5, Red 40, Blue 1, Red 3, Yellow 6, Caramel Color, Blue 2 Lake, Yellow 6 Lake, Red 40 Lake, Titanium Dioxide, Soy Lecithin (Added As An Emulsifier). Processed in a facility that processes peanuts, wheat, milk, eggs, and soy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the taffy pieces individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each piece is individually wrapped inside the resealable 2 lb bag for hygiene and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I store the taffy for best quality?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from sunlight. Reseal the bag after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004852621395,"sku":"B0FQXHT3VB","price":65.84,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-taffy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787229003"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-sugar-free-peanut-butter-bars-1-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-gluten-free","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Sugar Free Peanut Butter Bars — 1 lb Bulk Bag, Individually Wrapped, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Sugar Free Peanut Butter Bars are bite-sized, individually wrapped peanut butter confections offered in a one-pound bulk bag for portion-controlled, low-sugar snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese bars deliver a familiar creamy-peanut flavor with a crisp texture while omitting sugar, presented as single-serve pieces ideal for pantries, office bowls, or event favors. Made to appeal to people managing carbohydrate intake or anyone seeking a nostalgic peanut butter treat without regular sugar, the product balances convenience and taste in a generous bulk pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these peanut butter bars sugar free but still flavorful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe replaces traditional cane sugar with sugar-free sweeteners to keep sweetness while limiting digestible carbs. The core is smooth peanut butter surrounded by a light, crunchy coating that preserves the classic candy profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFormulated with sugar-free sweeteners to reduce net sugars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy peanut butter center for rich flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrisp exterior adds texture without sugary stickiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to lock in freshness and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is the one-pound bulk bag for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-pound pack contains many single-serving bars, so you can easily portion snacks without cutting or weighing. Individually wrapping each bar makes them shelf-stable for shared spaces and simple to hand out at gatherings or include in lunchboxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk quantity supports multiple uses: office, pantry, parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for easy distribution and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packaging fits snack drawers and event bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLonger open-shelf usability compared with loose candies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bars suitable for special diets or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey’re crafted to suit low-sugar and gluten-free preferences and avoid artificial colors or preservatives, making them useful for many dietary situations and festive occasions. While not a medical product, they serve as an alternative treat for gatherings where sugar reduction is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation for people avoiding gluten\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors or preservatives listed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood option for party favors, holiday candy bowls, and gift tins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrapping simplifies distribution at events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these compare to traditional peanut butter candy bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared with standard peanut butter candy bars, these prioritize lower sugar content without sacrificing the peanut-forward taste and crunchy mouthfeel. The portion control and bulk presentation make them practical while preserving a familiar candy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower in sugar; maintains peanut-rich flavor profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmaller, single-serve pieces versus full-sized bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulky pack designed for multiple servings and sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for those seeking alternatives to sugary confections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Sugar Free Peanut Butter Bars from Fusion Sweets And Snacks are aimed at snackers who want the classic peanut butter candy experience with reduced sugar, hosts and event planners who need easy-to-distribute treats, and shoppers who prefer individually wrapped portions for convenience. They suit anyone looking for a gluten-free, preservative-free candy alternative that’s simple to store, share, and enjoy without the sugar in traditional confections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolyglycitol Syrup, Peanut Butter (Contains Fresh Ground Dry Roasted Peanuts, Salt, and Tocopherol to Maintain Freshness), Natural and Artificial Flavor, Acesulfame Potassium and Sucralose (SPLENDA® brand). Excessive consumption may have a laxative effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these peanut butter bars gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the bars are labeled gluten free and suited for gluten-sensitive diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do the bars contain sugar?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They are sweetened with sugar-free alternatives, designed to reduce digestible sugar content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005011152979,"sku":"B0FGFM1583","price":65.84,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-packaging_fc43a32e-3fa9-4f84-aac4-a78b7a63f0ed.jpg?v=1787231985"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-1-inch-gumballs-bulk-3-lb-bag-assorted-fruit-flavors-heat-sealed-freshness","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks 1-Inch Gumballs Bulk 3 lb Bag, Assorted Fruit Flavors — Heat-Sealed Freshness","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eThese are Fusion Sweets And Snacks 1-inch assorted fruit gumballs sold in a heat-sealed 3-pound bag, made to refill machines, fill party jars, or provide bright, chewable candy for events and everyday snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePacked with a rainbow of fruity flavors and vibrant colors, this 3 lb bulk bag delivers dozens of 1-inch gumballs sized to fit standard gumball machines and candy dispensers. The heat-sealed packaging preserves chewiness and aroma so you can stock machines, create candy buffet displays, or portion out party favors quickly. Because they’re sold in bulk, these gumballs are an economical choice for event planners, retailers, and home entertainers who want eye-catching candy that’s ready to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many gumballs are in a 3-pound bag and will they fit my machine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single 3 lb bag contains roughly hundreds of one-inch gumballs, depending on exact weight per piece, and the standard 1-inch diameter is compatible with most classic gumball dispensers and vending machines. They’re made to slide easily into machine chambers without excessive jamming when used as intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate count: several hundred 1-inch pieces per 3 lb bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDiameter: ~1 inch, suitable for most common gumball machines and countertop dispensers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk packaging reduces the need for frequent refills in commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and colors can I expect in the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix is an assortment of classic fruit-inspired flavors and matching bright colors designed to appeal to kids and adults alike. While exact flavor-to-color pairings may vary by batch, you’ll typically find a lively palette that makes candy displays pop and adds variety for customers or guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit-forward flavor profile across multiple colors for visual impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted pieces allow variety in vending, party mixes, and gift jars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo individual flavor guarantees—mix changes help maintain freshness and supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use these gumballs to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the heat-sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. Once opened, reseal the bag tightly or transfer contents to an airtight container to prevent drying and keep chewiness longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOriginal heat-sealed bag helps lock in freshness until opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAirtight containers or resealable bags prolong chewiness after opening.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid high heat or humidity to prevent melting, stickiness, or flavor loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use these gumballs for events, retail, or vending machines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this bulk bag is tailored to multiple uses: refill commercial machines, assemble party favor bags, or create colorful candy buffet displays. The one-inch size and sturdy coating make them a practical choice for high-traffic environments where appearance and durability matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for gumball machines, event candy tables, and party favors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 3 lb quantity minimizes refill downtime for retailers and operators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCandy coating resists chipping and keeps a neat presentation in dispensers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Event planners, small retailers, vending operators, parents, and anyone organizing gatherings will appreciate this Fusion Sweets And Snacks 3 lb gumball bag. It’s suited to customers who need a cost-effective, ready-to-use supply of colorful, fruit-flavored gumballs that perform well in machines and look great in displays. If you want an easy bulk solution to brighten a candy station or keep a dispenser stocked, this product offers convenience, eye appeal, and quantity in one heat-sealed package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Dextrose, Corn Syrup, Gum Base, Gum Arabic, Taioca Dextrin, Confectioners Glaze, Carnuba Wax, Artifical Flavors, Vegetable Juice (color), Aritificial Colors, (FD\u0026amp;C Red 40, Blue 1, Yellow 5, Yellow 6, Blue 2 Lake, Blue 1 Lake), Corn Starch, BHT(to maintain freshness) Milk And Soy May Be Present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gumballs machine-compatible?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The 1-inch diameter is made to fit most standard gumball machines and countertop dispensers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I store the unused gumballs?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep the unopened bag in a cool, dry place; transfer opened gumballs to an airtight container to retain chewiness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005082685523,"sku":"B0FHSRX541","price":93.91,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-packaging_0b052654-1da3-4583-8376-823dfda1fdd2.jpg?v=1787233197"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-candy-buttons-strips-rainbow-50-fruit-flavored-strips-gluten-free-non-gmo","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Candy Buttons Strips, Rainbow — ~50 Fruit-Flavored Strips, Gluten-Free, Non-GMO","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Candy Buttons Strips are classic paper-mounted fruit-flavored candy dots sold in a bag of about 50 colorful strips for sharing, snacking, or party favors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis nostalgic treat revives a childhood favorite with rows of tiny fruit-flavored candy dots affixed to thin paper strips. Each bag contains approximately fifty sheets, each sheet covered in bright blue, yellow, and pink dots. The product is sealed for freshness and designed to be a convenient, shareable sweet that avoids common additives like gluten, high fructose corn syrup, artificial colors, and flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly comes in a package and how many servings are there?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach heat-sealed bag includes roughly 50 individual paper sheets, each bearing multiple candy dots. Portions depend on how many strips you open at once; a single strip works as a quick snack or single serving, while the whole bag is aimed at group use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 50 paper sheets per bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach sheet contains many small fruit-flavored candy dots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSealed packaging preserves texture and flavor until opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to split among guests for parties or classroom treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these candy buttons different from other sweets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Candy Buttons focus on simple, recognizable ingredients and a nostalgic presentation on paper strips rather than loose pieces or pouches. The formula is designed to be gluten-free, non-GMO, and free from artificial colors, flavors, and high fructose corn syrup, making them a cleaner-label option in the novelty candy category.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and non-GMO composition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or high fructose corn syrup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic paper-mounted format for a retro experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit-flavored dots in blue, yellow, and pink for visual appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve these candy buttons for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain crispness and flavor. Once opened, reseal the bag if possible or transfer the strips to an airtight container to limit exposure to humidity and prevent the dots from softening or sticking to the paper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed bag at room temperature in a dry area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAfter opening, use an airtight container or resealable bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe individually as a single-serve treat or distribute sheets for parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy bowls, party favor bags, or retro-themed events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these safe for people with dietary restrictions or for children?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese strips are formulated without gluten and high fructose corn syrup and are non-GMO, which makes them accessible to many people with common dietary preferences. However, they are still a sugar confection and should be consumed in moderation; check the full ingredient list and allergen information if you have specific allergies or sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and non-GMO suitable for many diets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFree from artificial colors and flavors for cleaner labeling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for allergen-free or medical diets—check label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned for both kids and adults seeking a nostalgic treat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Candy Buttons Strips are ideal for buyers seeking a nostalgic, shareable candy option that looks great in party favor bags, classroom treats, care packages, and retro-themed events. They suit shoppers who prefer simpler ingredient lists without artificial additives or gluten, plus anyone who wants a colorful, easy-to-portion sweet that evokes vintage candy counters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Starch, Gelatin, Coconut Oil, Artificial Flavors, and Artificial Colors (FD\u0026amp;C Red #3, Yellow #5, \u0026amp; Blue #1)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many strips are in each bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each heat-sealed bag contains approximately 50 paper strips of candy buttons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candy buttons gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — these Candy Button Strips are gluten-free and non-GMO with no artificial colors or flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005099561043,"sku":"B0CQTPXJJY","price":77.54,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-candy-buttons-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787233647"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-lemon-hard-candy-3-lb-bulk-individually-wrapped-gluten-free","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Lemon Hard Candy — 3 lb Bulk, Individually Wrapped, Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets Lemon Candy is a bulk 3 lb bag of classic, individually wrapped hard lemon candies that deliver a bright, tangy-sweet flavor and long-lasting enjoyment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk pack collects dozens of traditional disc-shaped lemon hard candies, each wrapped for freshness and convenience. The candies offer the familiar citrus punch candy-lovers expect, packaged gluten-free so you can share them at gatherings, add them to candy dishes, or keep a personal stash at work or on the go. The slow-dissolving texture lets you savor the lemon taste, while the individually wrapped pieces make portioning and distribution simple and hygienic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the flavor and texture feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe candy delivers a bright lemon profile—tart at first with a smoothing sweet finish—balanced to appeal to both sour fans and those who prefer classic hard candy. Each piece is hard and slow-melting, designed for lingering flavor rather than instant dissolve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTangy lemon top note followed by gentle sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard disc shape for slow, extended enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to maintain crisp texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor across large bulk quantities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is this pack for events and everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3 lb bulk bag is ideal for restocking candy bowls, using as event favors, or simply keeping in break rooms. Individual wrappers make it easy to hand out pieces without contact—handy for offices, party hosts, and family gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge quantity suited for parties, hospitality, and retail displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for sanitary distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable pieces for purses, lunchboxes, and pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to refill candy dishes or create gift bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this candy suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese lemon hard candies are labeled gluten-free, so they fit into gluten-sensitive diets and are easier to serve at mixed gatherings. As with any packaged food, check the ingredient list on the bag for other allergens or dietary details before sharing with guests who have specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation for safer sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for reduced cross-contact when handled\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk size minimizes frequent reordering for events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlways verify the printed label for full ingredient and allergen information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will the candies stay fresh and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause each piece is wrapped, freshness is preserved longer than loose candies—ideal for seasonal displays and slow consumption. Store the unopened bulk bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight; after opening, reseal the bag or transfer to an airtight container to protect flavor and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces maintain fresh flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest kept in a cool, dry environment away from heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal or use airtight containers after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk packaging reduces exposure from frequent handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets Lemon Candy in a 3 lb bulk bag is perfect for event planners, office managers, party hosts, and candy enthusiasts who want a reliable, gluten-free lemon option in large quantities. Choose this pack if you need portable individually wrapped pieces for hygiene and sharing, want a slow-melting citrus treat to savor, or are stocking candy dishes and favor bags for crowds. It’s a simple, classic lemon candy solution that fits both everyday snacking and larger hospitality needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Citric Acid, Lemon Juice from Concentrate, Confectioner's Glaze (Shellac), Natural and Artificial Flavor, Acacia (Gum Arabic), Modified Food Starch (Corn), Carnauba Wax, Yellow 5, White Mineral Oil. This product was manufactured in a facility where Milk, Eggs, Almonds, Coconut, Peanuts and Soy are used in the production of other products. This product was manufactured in a facility where Milk, Eggs, Almonds, Coconut, Peanuts and Soy are used in the production of other products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these lemon candies gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the Fusion Sweets lemon hard candies are labeled gluten-free; always check the package for full ingredient details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many individually wrapped pieces are in the 3 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Piece counts vary by weight per candy, but a 3 lb bulk bag typically contains dozens of individually wrapped discs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005769044051,"sku":"B0D1RL9MM3","price":85.63,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-lemon-candy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787243565"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-hard-candy-assortment-6-lb-bag-300-individually-wrapped-mixed-flavors-for-parties","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks hard candy assortment 6 lb bag — 300+ individually wrapped mixed flavors for parties","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eA six-pound, individually wrapped hard candy assortment from Fusion Sweets And Snacks—roughly 300+ pieces featuring starlight mints, cinnamon, butterscotch and fruit flavors packaged for sharing and events.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk hard candy mix bundles classic, individually wrapped pieces into one convenient 6-pound bag ideal for parties, office bowls, holiday stockings, and community events. The selection blends minty, spicy, buttery and fruity tastes so hosts don’t need to buy multiple single-flavor bags. Each piece is wrapped to stay fresh, reduce stickiness and make distribution simple at high-traffic gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes inside the 6-pound hard candy assortment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains an assortment of popular hard candy types—starlight mints, cinnamon, butterscotch and assorted fruit flavors—totaling roughly 300 or more individually wrapped pieces. Exact counts vary slightly by production, but the mix is designed to offer broad appeal at bulk price points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 300+ wrapped pieces per 6 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor mix: starlight mint, cinnamon, butterscotch, fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this bulk candy work for offices and event hosts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividually wrapped candies are low-effort treats for shared spaces: no spoons, no sticky piles, and simple restocking. The variety minimizes complaints and caters to different taste preferences without separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy bowls, reception areas, and break rooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to hand out at conferences, booths, and registration desks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrapping helps maintain freshness over weeks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this mix fit seasonal gifting and party needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment makes a quick, cost-effective filler for holiday stockings, party favor bags, or community bake sale jars. Because flavors are familiar and individually wrapped, they work well for multicultural events and mixed-age audiences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for holiday stocking stuffers and party favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk quantity reduces per-piece cost for large gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral packaging simplifies themed presentation or repackaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve the hard candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the unopened bag in a cool, dry area away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. For serving, pour into bowls or use small treat cups—individually wrapped pieces make distribution sanitary and mess-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore sealed in a cool, dry cupboard or pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe straight from the bag into bowls or dispensers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces prevent cross-contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Hosts, event planners, small business owners, teachers, and families who need a large, economical supply of familiar hard candies will find this Fusion Sweets And Snacks 6-pound assortment useful. It suits anyone planning events, restocking candy bowls, assembling gift bags, or buying classroom treats—especially when convenience, variety, and individual wrapping matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eButterscotch: Sugar, Corn Syrup, Salt, Artificial Flavors, Artificial Colors: Yellow No. 5. Red No. 40. Manufactured in a Facility that Processes Peanuts, Tree Nuts, Soy, Milk, Wheat., Cinnamon: GLUCOSE SYRUP, SUGAR, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, SUNFLOWER OIL, FD\u0026amp;C RED #40., Starlight Peppermint: Glucose Syrup, Sugar, Natural Flavor (Peppermint); Artificial Colors (Titanium Dioxide, FD\u0026amp;C #40, FD\u0026amp;C #1); Sunflower Oil; Propylene Glycol, Starlight Spearmint: Sugar, Corn Syrup, Artificial Flavor, Titanium Dioxide, Invert Sugar, Artificial Colors (Yellow # 5, Blue #1), Strawberry Filled: GLUCOSE SYRUP, SUGAR, CITRIC ACID, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, HIGH OLEIC SUNFLOWER OIL, FD\u0026amp;C RED #40\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 6-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 6 lb bag contains roughly 300+ individually wrapped hard candies; counts vary slightly by production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the candies individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — every piece in the Fusion Sweets And Snacks assortment is individually wrapped for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005815967827,"sku":"B0GWKL22RY","price":96.25,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-hard-candy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787244075"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-sugar-free-cinnamon-hard-candy-2-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-long-lasting-flavor","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Sugar-Free Cinnamon Hard Candy 2 lb Bulk Bag, Individually Wrapped — Long-Lasting Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArcor Sugar Free Cinnamon Hard Candy is a bold, long-lasting cinnamon hard candy in a 2 lb bulk bag with approximately 150 individually wrapped pieces—suitable for sugar-free and keto-friendly snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2-pound bulk bag from Fusion Sweets And Snacks brings together classic cinnamon heat and sugar-free convenience. Each piece is individually wrapped and heat-sealed to lock in flavor and freshness, making this pack a practical choice for homes, offices, and events. Formulated to deliver the spicy-sweet profile of cinnamon without added sugar, these hard candies offer a satisfying, portable treat for those watching carbs or just avoiding sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow intense is the cinnamon flavor and how long does it last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe candies are crafted for an upfront burst of warm, spicy cinnamon that mellows slowly, delivering a sustained flavor experience. The hard-disk format means the taste unfolds gradually as you savor it, rather than disappearing quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrong initial cinnamon heat that eases into a lingering sweet finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard candy structure provides prolonged enjoyment per piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces preserve the intended flavor profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies really sugar free and suitable for low-carb diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese Arcor candies are marketed as sugar free, designed to fit into low-sugar or keto-aware eating patterns when consumed within daily guidelines. While they omit traditional sugar, check the nutrition facts and ingredients if you follow strict medical or dietary restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabelled sugar free—made without added sugar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAppropriate for many low-carb or keto lifestyles as an occasional treat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for portion control and sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is the 2 lb bulk bag for daily use or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe large, resealable-style bulk bag is tailored for frequent snacking, workplace bowls, or party favors. With roughly 150 pieces per bag, it’s easy to distribute, stash in multiple locations, or keep a steady supply on hand without constant repurchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 150 individually wrapped pieces per 2 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed packaging prolongs shelf life after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy dishes, office desks, or at-home snack jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat practical benefits do individually wrapped candies offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividual wrapping protects each piece from moisture and flavor loss, simplifies sharing, and supports cleaner distribution for events or workplaces. It also helps with portion control for anyone monitoring intake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach candy is sealed to maintain peak freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHygienic distribution—no direct handling of multiple pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to pack in lunchboxes, bags, or party favor bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This bulk pack is aimed at cinnamon lovers, hosts and event planners, office managers stocking a communal snack jar, and anyone seeking sugar-free candy alternatives for everyday enjoyment. It’s particularly useful for those who want portioned, long-lasting flavor without the frequent need to repurchase small bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIsomalt, Maltitol Syrup, Artificial Flavor, Sucralose, High Oleic Sunflower Oil, FD\u0026amp;C Red #40, Citric Acid. Excessive consumption may have a laxative effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 150 individually wrapped candies, giving plenty of servings for sharing or long-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies suitable for a keto diet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They are labeled sugar free and commonly used in low-carb diets, but check ingredients and macros for strict keto needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005995700307,"sku":"B0DMQ6ZW5Z","price":82.21,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/arcor-sugar-free-cinnamon-front-of-bag.jpg?v=1787245024"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-honey-retro-candy-individually-wrapped-3-lb-bag-soft-chewy-taffy-with-real-honey-almond","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Honey Retro Candy — Individually Wrapped 3 lb Bag, Soft Chewy Taffy with Real Honey \u0026 Almond","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHoney Retro Candy by Fusion Sweets And Snacks is a chewy, individually wrapped taffy made with real honey and almond, sold in a 3 lb resealable bag for sharing and snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a nostalgic treat that balances golden honey and a hint of almond in a soft, chewy texture. These classic retro candies arrive in heat-sealed, single-serve wrappers to lock in flavor and make them convenient for parties, office bowls, holiday gift bags, and everyday snacking. The 3 lb pack keeps a generous supply on hand so you’ll have enough for events, giveaways, or just to satisfy sweet cravings at home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat gives these candies their signature flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe centers on real honey complemented by almond notes for a rounded, sweet profile without artificial overtones. The texture is soft and taffy-like, designed to deliver consistent flavor from the first bite to the last.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal honey and almond in each piece for authentic taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy taffy texture for extended enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced sweetness—not cloying—suitable for varied palates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the packaging keep candies fresh and easy to share?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach candy is individually wrapped to preserve texture and aroma, preventing the batch from sticking together or losing flavor. The larger 3 lb bag is heat-sealed and resealable so once opened, the remaining candies stay protected until the next occasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually sealed pieces for single-serve freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable 3 lb bag for long-term storage and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMess-free sharing—perfect for events, gift bags, and snack jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFusion Sweets’ Honey Retro Candy highlights real ingredients and is labeled gluten-free, making it a safe choice for those avoiding gluten. As with any packaged good, check the ingredient list for potential allergens—these candies contain almond.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation noted on packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains almond—review for nut allergies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with real honey instead of artificial honey flavoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use the 3 lb pack at home or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulk size is designed for flexible use—fill candy dishes, build party favor bags, or keep a stash for office and classroom sharing. The individually wrapped format makes portioning simple and sanitary for group settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy dishes, office bowls, and reception counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHandy for party favors, wedding candy stations, and holiday baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into small treat bags or decorative jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Honey Retro Candy is ideal for anyone who appreciates nostalgic, honey-forward confections—families stocking pantry treats, event planners assembling favors, workplaces keeping a communal candy bowl, and gift makers seeking a classic sweet. If you want a reliably fresh, individually wrapped candy with real honey and a touch of almond, this 3 lb pack gives you both convenience and a crowd-pleasing flavor profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn Syrup, Sugar, Nonfat Milk, Hydrogenated Coconut Oil, Almonds, And Less Than 2% Of Honey, Salt, Egg Whites, Canola And\/or Safflower And\/or Palm Oil, Modified Soy Protein, Natural Flavor, TBHQ And Citric Acid (to Preserve Freshness). Manufactured in a Facility that Processes Peanuts, Tree Nuts, Soy, Milk, Wheat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, Fusion Sweets Honey Retro Candy is labeled gluten-free, but check ingredients for other allergens like almonds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 3 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Piece count varies by size, but the 3 lb bag provides a generous bulk supply suitable for events and sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46006751101011,"sku":"B0CFCJC2S4","price":93.91,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-honey-retro-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787248832"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-arcor-sugar-free-lemon-drops-2-lb-bulk-individually-wrapped-sour-flavor","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Arcor Sugar Free Lemon Drops — 2 lb Bulk, Individually Wrapped, Sour Flavor","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eArcor Sugar Free Lemon Drops are individually wrapped hard candies in a 2 lb bulk bag that deliver long-lasting sour lemon flavor without sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese lemon drops from Fusion Sweets And Snacks combine the classic tangy bite of Arcor candy with a sugar-free recipe, making them a convenient pantry staple for events, workplaces, or everyday enjoyment. Each piece is heat-sealed to preserve freshness and shipped in a large 2-pound bag that’s ideal for sharing, stocking up, or keeping a steady supply on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these candies stay fresh and ready to enjoy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery drop is individually wrapped and the bag itself is heat-sealed to lock in flavor and prevent staling. The wrapping protects against humidity and keeps each piece hygienic, which is handy when serving many people or carrying candy in a bag or desk drawer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for single-use convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed 2 lb bag to preserve bulk freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable wrappers reduce exposure to air and moisture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these lemon drops suitable for sugar-restricted diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Arcor Sugar Free Lemon Drops are formulated without sugar, making them a suitable treat for those monitoring sugar intake and for many low-carb or keto-style plans. They provide the tart lemon taste without the added sugar calories, though you should still check ingredient details if you have strict dietary restrictions or sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eZero-sugar hard candy formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAppropriate for many low-carb and sugar-free routines\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for portion control and convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these candies help with dry mouth symptoms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe intense sour lemon flavor can stimulate saliva production and offer temporary relief from dry mouth sensations. While not a medical treatment, they’re a practical, on-the-go option to encourage moisture and mouth comfort when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTart citrus flavor that encourages saliva flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard-candy form dissolves slowly for prolonged effect\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygienic use during travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this bulk bag a good buy for gatherings or workplaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound bulk packaging gives you a generous supply at a better value than single packs, and the individual wrappers make distribution easy and sanitary. Whether you’re filling bowls for an event or keeping jars topped up at reception, the bag simplifies refills and reduces waste compared with loose candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 2 lb quantity ideal for parties, offices, and vending\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrap speeds serving and keeps pieces sanitary\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong-lasting sour lemon flavor keeps guests coming back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? These Arcor Sugar Free Lemon Drops are great for anyone who wants a bold lemon candy without sugar — from people following low-sugar diets to hosts stocking candy bowls, healthcare facilities offering sugar-free options, or travelers needing a compact, shelf-stable throat and mouth refresher. They’re especially useful where individually wrapped portions and long shelf life matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIsomalt, Maltitol Syrup, Citric Acid, Artificial Flavor, Sucralose, High Oleic Sunflower Oil, Color FD\u0026amp; C #5. Excessive consumption may have a laxative effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these Arcor lemon drops actually sugar free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These Arcor lemon drops are formulated without sugar, suitable for many sugar-restricted diets; always check the ingredient list for sweeteners used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the 2 lb bag individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each piece is individually wrapped and the entire 2 lb bag is heat-sealed for freshness and sanitary storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46006879780947,"sku":"B0DSLXZ2X4","price":75.2,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/arcor-lemon-drops-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787250965"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-peanut-butter-bars-2-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-gluten-free-made-in-usa","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Peanut Butter Bars 2 lb Bulk Bag, Individually Wrapped — Gluten-Free, Made in USA","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese Fusion Sweets And Snacks Peanut Butter Bars are classic, crunchy peanut butter confections sold in a 2-pound, heat-sealed bulk bag with individually wrapped pieces for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a nostalgic peanut butter bar that blends flaky crunch and sweet peanut flavor, packaged for convenience and long shelf life. The two-pound bag contains many individually wrapped bars, making them ideal for stocking candy dishes, assembling party favors, or keeping on hand for quick snacks. Made in the USA with simple ingredients and gluten-free formulation, these bars aim to deliver the familiar candy-bar taste without artificial colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these peanut butter bars kept fresh and easy to share?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach piece is individually wrapped and the entire assortment is heat-sealed in a full two-pound bag right after production. That dual-layer protection preserves crunch and flavor while preventing mess during transport or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed bulk bag locks in freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped bars for grab-and-go convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for candy bowls, office break rooms, and event handouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the texture and flavor profile taste like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bars deliver a crisp, flaky outer shell surrounding a rich peanut butter center—an old-fashioned candy texture many shoppers find comforting. Sweetness is balanced by savory peanut notes, creating a satisfying crunch with each bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlaky outer crunch with a smooth peanut butter core\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic candy sweetness balanced by roasted peanut flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent texture suitable for snacking or dessert toppings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use a 2-pound bag of these bars beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk pack is versatile for entertaining, baking, and gifting. Use the individually wrapped pieces as stocking stuffers, include them in party favor bags, chop them as mix-ins for cookies or ice cream, or display them on a dessert table for easy serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGift-basket and holiday stocking filler ideas\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChopped into baked goods or as ice cream toppings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrepackaged for event distribution or corporate giveaways\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these peanut butter bars made with any common allergens or special ingredient notes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product emphasizes peanut flavor and is produced in the USA with simple ingredients; it is labeled gluten-free and contains no artificial colors. Because peanuts are the central ingredient, they are not suitable for people with peanut allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation for sensitive diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors used in the recipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNot appropriate for individuals with peanut allergies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Shoppers seeking a nostalgic peanut butter candy in bulk will appreciate this Fusion Sweets And Snacks 2-pound bag. It suits families wanting pantry-ready treats, event planners who need individually wrapped favors, small businesses stocking a candy counter, and home bakers looking for an easy mix-in or topping. If you value convenience, classic crunchy texture, and a simple ingredient list, this bulk pack delivers ready-to-serve peanut butter bars for everyday snacking and special occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, corn syrup, peanut butter, salt, tocopherol, artificial flavor, soy lecithin\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many individually wrapped bars come in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The exact count varies with bar size, but a 2-pound bulk bag typically contains multiple individually wrapped pieces ideal for sharing and events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these peanut butter bars gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, these bars are labeled gluten-free and made in the USA without artificial colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46006966255699,"sku":"B0F6QN71GP","price":75.1,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-peanut-butter-bars-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787252572"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-arcor-sugar-free-butterscotch-candy-2-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-fat-free","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Arcor Sugar-Free Butterscotch Candy 2 lb Bag, Individually Wrapped, Fat-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArcor Sugar Free Butterscotch Candy is a 2-pound bag of individually wrapped, fat-free hard candies that deliver the creamy butterscotch flavor without sugar.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy the familiar caramelized, buttery taste of classic butterscotch in a sugar-free format from Fusion Sweets And Snacks. This large heat-sealed bag contains approximately 150 individually wrapped pieces, sealed for freshness and convenient portioning. The candies are crafted to mimic traditional texture and flavor while omitting sugar, making them a practical treat for sharing, events, or keeping at your desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the sugar-free version preserve butterscotch flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe candy formula uses alternative sweeteners and quality flavoring to recreate the buttery, caramel notes typical of butterscotch. Texture is designed to be a firm hard candy that slowly dissolves, releasing layers of taste without the sugar spike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUses non-sugar sweeteners to maintain sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eButtery flavoring to emulate classic butterscotch depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard-candy consistency for slow, lasting enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the packaging suitable for events and retail use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—the 2-pound bag is heat-sealed for shelf stability and holds a large quantity of individually wrapped candies, ideal for parties, candy bowls, or retail displays. The individual wraps make distribution hygienic and straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed 2 lb pouch for prolonged freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for easy handing out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 150 candies—good for gatherings or refilling jars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat nutritional or dietary features should buyers expect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese candies are marketed as sugar-free and fat-free, offering a simple sweet option without added sugar or fat content. Always check the label for specific ingredient and sweetener information if you have dietary sensitivities or allergies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-free formulation; contains alternative sweeteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free candy base for lower fat content.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel lists ingredients—review for allergens or dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these butterscotch candies at home or work?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped format makes them versatile for many everyday situations—from office candy dishes to party favors and baked-goods garnish. They store well in the sealed bag and are easy to portion for calorie or carb control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy jars, reception bowls, and office snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as party favor fills or candy-dish refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for grab-and-go convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Fusion Sweets And Snacks' Arcor Sugar Free Butterscotch candy suits anyone seeking the nostalgic taste of butterscotch without sugar—ideal for hosts, office managers, retail shops, or individuals who want a fat-free, individually wrapped sweet option. If you need a bulk-ready, shelf-stable treat to share or sell that balances classic flavor with sugar-free convenience, this 2-pound bag is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIsomalt, Maltitol Syrup, Salt, Artificial Flavor, Sucralose, High Oleic Sunflower Oil, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow #5, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow #6, Citric Acid. Excessive consumption may have a laxative effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces come in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 150 individually wrapped butterscotch candies per 2-pound bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies suitable for a low-fat diet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the product is labeled fat-free, but check ingredients for other dietary details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007078027347,"sku":"B0F1ZHDBQ2","price":72.86,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/arcor-bag-front-package.jpg?v=1787254787"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-assorted-salt-water-taffy-1-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-soft-chewy-mix","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Assorted Salt Water Taffy — 1 lb Bag, Individually Wrapped, Soft Chewy Mix","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Assorted Salt Water Taffy is a one-pound bag of individually wrapped, soft and chewy salt water taffy in an assorted-flavor bulk mix ideal for sharing, gifting, or snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring nostalgic boardwalk flavor and colorful variety to your candy jar with this 1-pound assortment from Fusion Sweets And Snacks. Each piece is individually wrapped for hygiene and portability, and the blend includes classic and modern flavors such as chocolate, banana, huckleberry, peppermint, and vanilla. The mix works well for party favors, office bowls, candy buffets, or as a pocket-sized treat when you want a small, chewy sweet bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors will I find in this assorted salt water taffy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains a mix of traditional and contemporary taffy flavors to satisfy different tastes without needing separate packages. Flavors rotate by batch, but you can expect a balanced assortment that ranges from fruit-forward to creamy and minty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit flavors: banana, huckleberry, and other seasonal fruit notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy and sweet: vanilla and chocolate pieces for richer tastes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCool options: peppermint and mint varieties for a refreshing bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRotating specialty pieces that add surprise variety to each bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the taffy to keep it soft and chewy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo preserve the soft texture and flavor, store the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and extreme heat. Avoid refrigeration that can harden the taffy; instead, keep it at room temperature and reseal or transfer to an airtight container after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom temperature storage prevents hardening and flavor loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from moisture to avoid sticky clumping\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse an airtight jar or zip-top bag after opening for best freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal shelf life: check packaging date; rotate stock for bulk use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this 1-pound bag good for events, gifting, or everyday snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-pound quantity offers versatility: enough pieces to supply small parties or workplace candy dishes, yet compact enough for gift baskets and party favors. Individually wrapped candies simplify distribution and reduce mess, making the bag a practical choice across many uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty-ready: fill favor bags or a candy buffet with minimal prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGifting: an easy addition to goodie boxes or care packages\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEveryday: keeps at reception desks, checkout counters, or office bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel-friendly: individually wrapped pieces are convenient for snacking on the go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Fusion Sweets And Snacks taffy different from other bulk candy mixes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product emphasizes a balance of nostalgic salt water taffy character and convenient packaging. Fusion Sweets And Snacks blends classic recipes and modern flavor twists into a bulk-format bag, giving you the sensory experience of soft, chewy taffy with the practicality of individually wrapped pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy texture reminiscent of traditional boardwalk taffy\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygiene and easy portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWide flavor range that appeals to multiple age groups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk bag format suited for events, retail, or everyday sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This one-pound bag from Fusion Sweets And Snacks is ideal for candy lovers who want an assortment of classic and contemporary taffy without committing to large, single-flavor boxes. It fits well for event planners preparing favors, small businesses stocking candy bowls, parents assembling party bags, and anyone who enjoys a variety of individually wrapped soft taffy pieces for casual snacking or gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn Syrup, Sugar, Coconut Oil, Contains 1% Or Less Of: Egg Whites, Natural And Artificial Flavors, Salt, Malic Acid, Yellow 5, Red 40, Blue 1, Red 3, Yellow 6, Caramel Color, Blue 2 Lake, Yellow 6 Lake, Red 40 Lake, Titanium Dioxide, Soy Lecithin (Added As An Emulsifier). Processed in a facility that processes peanuts, wheat, milk, eggs, and soy\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the taffy pieces individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, every piece is individually wrapped for hygiene and convenient sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces come in the one-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Piece count varies by flavor and size, but a one-pound bag typically contains dozens of individually wrapped taffies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007100145747,"sku":"B0FQ82X2D7","price":54.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787255196"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-hard-candy-assortment-party-mix-2-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-classic-flavors","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Hard Candy Assortment Party Mix — 2 lb Bag, Individually Wrapped, Classic Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Hard Candy Assortment Party Mix is a 2-pound bag of roughly 150 individually wrapped classic hard candies—starlight mints, cinnamon, butterscotch, and fruit—packaged for sharing, gifting, and long-term countertop snacking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis nostalgic candy blend brings together the familiar flavors of old-fashioned penny candies in a modern bulk bag sized for parties, office bowls, holiday stockings, and family gatherings. Each piece is wrapped to preserve freshness and prevent sticky messes, making it easy to portion out servings or refill candy dishes. The mix balances minty, spicy, creamy, and fruity notes so there's something for nearly every taste in a single, convenient pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how many pieces come in a bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound party mix contains about 150 individually wrapped pieces across several classic flavors. Expect a mix of starlight mints, cinnamon rounds, butterscotch disks, and assorted fruit-flavored hard candies in varying colors and shapes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximate count: 150 pieces per 2 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor lineup: starlight mint, cinnamon, butterscotch, assorted fruit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to maintain freshness and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixed colors and shapes for visual variety in bowls and displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this candy best used at events and in the workplace?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis assortment is tailored for shared settings: it’s easy to drop into candy dishes, fill treat bags, or set out at receptions without refrigeration. Because each candy is individually wrapped, the mix stays tidy, reduces cross-contamination, and invites casual grabbing throughout the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice: keep a communal jar at reception or by the coffee station\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParties: quick bowl fills, dessert table accents, and favor stuffing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHolidays: ideal for stockings, trick-or-treat bowls, and holiday platters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel\/packing: sealed wrappers prevent sticky messes in bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies nostalgic or suitable for retro-themed occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this assortment intentionally recreates flavors and presentation reminiscent of mid-20th-century penny candies. The classic flavor profile and individually wrapped pieces evoke vintage candy stores, making the bag a natural fit for retro parties, themed gift baskets, or nostalgic décor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic flavor profiles appeal to multi-generational guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as a retro prop for photo tables or dessert displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge bag supplies multiple event stations or favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNeutral packaging integrates with vintage or modern themes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store this candy, and what about shelf life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStore the unopened bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve texture and flavor. Once opened, keep the remaining pieces sealed in their original bag or transferred to an airtight container to avoid humidity and flavor degradation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOptimal storage: cool, dry cupboard or pantry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOpen-bag tip: reseal or transfer to airtight jar or container\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces help extend practical shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid heat sources to prevent melting or stickiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Hard Candy Assortment Party Mix is aimed at anyone who wants a generous, no-fuss supply of classic hard candies—hosts stocking party bowls, office managers keeping communal treats on hand, parents filling holiday stockings, and nostalgia lovers wanting a taste of old-fashioned candy. It's also a practical choice for event planners, small businesses that welcome customers with a candy dish, and gift makers assembling retro-style care packages. This bulk, individually wrapped mix balances variety, convenience, and vintage appeal so you can serve or share without extra prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarlight Spearmint: Sugar, Corn Syrup, Artificial Flavor, Titanium Dioxide, Invert Sugar, Artificial Colors (Yellow # 5, Blue #1)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: About 150 individually wrapped pieces, varying by size and flavor mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the candies individually wrapped for hygiene?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—each candy is individually wrapped to stay fresh and mess-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007144382547,"sku":"B0GVL6GM1V","price":56.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-front-packaging_13188f15-5691-48fb-87b9-42ff6ca2d838.jpg?v=1787256192"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-jujube-nougat-candy-12-oz-individually-wrapped-soft-chewy-fruit-flavor","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Jujube Nougat Candy — 12 oz Individually Wrapped, Soft Chewy Fruit Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Jujube Nougat Candy is a 12-ounce bag of individually wrapped, soft and chewy fruit-flavored nougat pieces that deliver a retro candy experience.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese jujube-style nougat bites combine tender chewiness with concentrated fruit notes in about 35 individually wrapped pieces per bag. Designed to evoke classic old-fashioned candy shops, the soft texture and bright fruit flavors make them a versatile treat for holidays, party favors, or everyday snacking. The convenient individual wrapping keeps pieces fresh and makes them easy to portion into baskets, bowls, or treats for sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these jujube nougats different from other chewy candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike hard candies or gummy chews, these nougats have a pillowy interior and a smooth, slightly tacky surface that gives them a signature melt-in-your-mouth chew. The fruit-forward flavoring is concentrated so each piece tastes bold without being overly sweet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, nougat-style texture that yields on the first bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrappers for freshness and easy sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit-forward flavor profile with balanced sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 35 pieces per 12 oz bag for good value\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these candies for seasonal events and parties?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese nougat candies are ideal as a reusable element across holidays and gatherings. Their small, wrapped format works well for stuffing eggs, filling treat bags, or topping dessert tables without sticky hands or mess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEaster egg fillers and basket additions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParty favor bag inclusions and classroom treats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDecorative bowl displays for holiday spreads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStocking stuffers and candy dish rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies easy to store and share?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individual wrapping simplifies storage and portion control while preserving flavor. Toss the sealed bag into a pantry or candy drawer and pull out wrapped pieces as needed — each piece stays protected from moisture and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for hygienic sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bag recommended for best freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoom-temperature stable; keep away from heat for texture retention\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact size makes them travel-friendly for events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces are in a 12-ounce bag and what should I expect per piece?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single 12-ounce bag contains roughly 35 pieces, though counts may vary slightly by weight and packing. Each bite-sized nougat is crafted to be a satisfying little treat—soft, chewy, and flavored with concentrated fruit notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 35 individually wrapped nougat pieces per bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBite-sized portions ideal for sharing and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent texture across pieces for predictable enjoyment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Fusion Sweets And Snacks Jujube Nougat Candy suits anyone who loves classic, soft chew confections—nostalgia seekers, party planners, and families looking for easy-to-share treats. It’s a smart pick for holiday crafters, event hosts, and gift-givers who want a retro candy option that’s tidy, flavorful, and versatile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Glucose, Baking Gums (glucose syrup, sugar, modified corn starch, palm oil, artificial flavors, citric acid, carnauba wax, aritificial colors [FD\u0026amp;C red #40, FD\u0026amp;C yellow #5, FD\u0026amp;C yellow #6, FD\u0026amp;C blue #1, FD\u0026amp;C red #3, FD\u0026amp;C blue #2]), Liquid Egg White, Canola Oil, Corn Starch, Vanilliin. May contain cashews, almonds, hazelnuts, and milk\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in one 12-ounce bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A 12-ounce bag contains about 35 individually wrapped nougat pieces, count may vary slightly by packing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the nougats wrapped individually?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each nougat is individually wrapped to help preserve freshness and make sharing easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007146315859,"sku":"B0GVL593R8","price":56.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-packaging_6cbfdce9-b658-488b-803f-19e5173117ce.jpg?v=1787256212"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-rossana-pistachio-candy-1-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-italian-sweets-creamy-pistachio-filling","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Rossana Pistachio Candy 1 lb Bag — Individually Wrapped Italian Sweets, Creamy Pistachio Filling","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRossana Pistachio Candy is a one-pound bag of individually wrapped Italian sweets featuring a creamy pistachio-flavored center inside a delicate, glossy shell.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImported style Italian confections meet snackable convenience in this 1-pound bag of Rossana pistachio candy from Fusion Sweets And Snacks. Each piece is wrapped separately to preserve freshness and make portioning effortless; the flavor focuses on a smooth, nutty pistachio filling balanced by a subtle sweet exterior. These candies are ideal for gifting, seasonal displays, candy buffets, or simply keeping a small luxury treat on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the pistachio flavor taste like in Rossana candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pistachio profile combines a mild roasted-nut richness with a creamy, sweet center that isn’t overly sugary. The outer shell has a gentle chew that gives way to a softer, nut-forward interior, creating layered texture and flavor in each bite.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy pistachio filling with a toasted-nut note\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelicate hard outer layer that softens when chewed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced sweetness so the nut flavor remains prominent\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to lock in aroma and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow convenient is packaging for events or gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRossana comes in a one-pound bag with each candy individually wrapped, making it simple to portion for party favors, candy jars, or mixed gift boxes. The sealed pieces stay tidy for table displays and are easy to hand out one-by-one without sticky hands or extra wrapping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e1-pound resealable-style bag suitable for sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for hygiene and presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in candy buffets, holiday hampers, or travel snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to combine with other Italian sweets for themed gifts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies made using authentic Italian methods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRossana pistachio sweets follow a traditional Italian confectionery approach that emphasizes simple, high-quality ingredients and classic textures. While packaging and modern distribution are updated for convenience, the recipe style aims to reflect authentic Italian sweet-making traditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTraditional puntini-style confection inspiration\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFocus on premium pistachio flavor and balanced sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrafted to reflect Italian candy texture and finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for cultural celebrations and seasonal traditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store Rossana pistachio candies and how long do they stay fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to preserve flavor and texture. Because each piece is individually wrapped, the candies maintain freshness longer and are convenient for staggered enjoyment over several weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore at room temperature, away from heat and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces prevent cross-contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest enjoyed within the manufacturer’s recommended period\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for preparing ahead of events without losing quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Rossana Pistachio Candy in a one-pound bag suits anyone seeking authentic Italian-flavored confections with pistachio emphasis—gift givers, party hosts, confection collectors, and snack lovers who prefer individually wrapped pieces for convenience. If you want a refined, nutty sweet that fits into gift boxes, holiday displays, or everyday treats, this product provides a portable, presentable option with classic Italian-inspired taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar,Gianduja Cream 22% (sugar, vegetable fat (palm), gianduja. HAZELNUTS chocolate 10% (HAZELNUTS 30%, low fat cocoa powder, sugar, cocoa mass, cocoa butter), LACTOSE, skimmed MILK powder, whey powder (MILK), HAZELNUTS 4,5%, low-fat cocoa powder 3,1%, emulsifier: SOY lecithin, natural flavor, vanillin), sweetened condensed MILK (MILK, sugar), cocoa mass 2%, flavoring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Rossana pistachio candies individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each candy is individually wrapped inside the one-pound bag for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these candies for party favors or gift boxes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. The one-pound quantity and wrapped pieces make them ideal for favors, candy buffets, and gift assortments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007203594323,"sku":"B0FKCSWJ11","price":56.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-rossana-front-package.jpg?v=1787256900"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-bonelle-italian-fruit-jelly-candy-1-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-vegan-gluten-free","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Bonelle Italian Fruit Jelly Candy 1 lb Bulk Bag — Individually Wrapped, Vegan \u0026 Gluten-Free","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonelle Italian Fruit Jelly Candy is a 1-pound, factory-sealed bulk bag of individually wrapped, vegan and gluten-free fruit jellies in four bright flavors for easy sharing and long-lasting freshness.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese Italian-style jellies from Fusion Sweets And Snacks offer chewable, fruit-forward bites made without gelatin or artificial colors. Packaged in a heat-sealed resealable pouch, the bulk bag holds about 60 individually wrapped candies so you can supply an office bowl, party favor station, or gift basket with minimal fuss. The candy line includes Blackberry, Lemon, Strawberry, and Orange flavors that emphasize natural fruit notes and a tender, chewy texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how do they taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment features four distinct fruit profiles that aim for fresh, recognizable fruit notes rather than heavy sweetness. Each flavor is balanced to provide a chewy center and a lively fruit finish suitable for a variety of palates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlackberry: deep berry aroma with a slightly tart finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLemon: bright citrus tang and a clean, zesty aftertaste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrawberry: sweet, familiar red-fruit character\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrange: classic sweet-tart orange flavor with mellow acidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the product packaged to keep candies fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach candy is individually wrapped and the entire assortment is sold in a one-pound heat-sealed bag that is resealable. This dual-layer protection preserves aroma and texture, limits stickiness between pieces, and makes portioning convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed factory packaging for tamper-evidence\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper on the outer bag to lock in freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces prevent cross-contamination and mess\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 60 candies per bag for predictable supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for dietary restrictions or special occasions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBonelle jellies are formulated without gelatin and are free from wheat, making them a practical option for vegans, vegetarians, and many people avoiding gluten. They also skip artificial colors, which may appeal to shoppers seeking simpler ingredient lists for events or gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGelatin-free and plant-based—suitable for vegan diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation for celiac-friendly use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors listed, better for cleaner-label choices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for parties, corporate bowls, and travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these jellies at events or in retail settings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped format and bulk quantity make this bag flexible for both personal and commercial use. They work well for portioned giveaways, mixed candy displays, or as an easy topping for candy jars and gift boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill candy bowls at receptions or waiting rooms without sticky waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclude in party favor bags, wedding candy stations, or gift baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRetailers can resell single pieces or sell the whole bag for value buyers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTravel-friendly single servings for on-the-go snacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks' Bonelle Italian Fruit Jelly Candy is designed for shoppers who want a shareable, plant-based chewy candy with clear fruit flavors and hygienic individual wrapping. It fits people planning events, assembling gift boxes, stocking office snacks, or anyone seeking a vegan, gluten-free confection option in a practical bulk format. If you prefer gelatin-based textures or are looking for chocolate confections, consider alternatives; for cleanly wrapped, fruit-forward jellies in generous supply, this one-pound bag is an efficient, crowd-ready choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Glucose Syrup, Water, Citric Acid, Pectin, Natural Flavors, Colored with Vegetable and Fruit Juice\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Bonelle jellies vegan and gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. These jellies are formulated without gelatin and are free from wheat, making them vegan-friendly and gluten-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many candies come in the 1-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The one-pound bulk bag contains approximately 60 individually wrapped Italian fruit jellies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007264182355,"sku":"B0F9C9YN3L","price":54.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-bonelle-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787258297"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-coconut-hard-candy-2-lb-bag-180-individually-wrapped-cream-filled","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Coconut Hard Candy — 2 lb Bag, 180 Individually Wrapped, Cream-Filled","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Coconut Hard Candy is a 2-pound bag of roughly 180 individually wrapped, cream-filled hard candies delivering tropical coconut flavor and long-lasting crunch.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePacked in a thick, heat-sealed resealable pouch, these old-fashioned coconut hard candies offer island-inspired sweetness in a convenient bulk size. Each candy combines a clear, hard shell with a creamy coconut center for a nostalgic treat that’s easy to share, stash, or use as a dessert garnish. The bag contains about 180 pieces, gluten-free and fat-free, suitable for parties, counters, or everyday snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these candies stay fresh in a 2-pound bulk bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe candies ship in a heavy-duty, heat-sealed pouch that preserves flavor and protects from humidity. A resealable closure helps maintain freshness after opening, while each piece is individually wrapped to keep candies clean and portable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThick heat-sealed outer bag with resealable zip\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrappers prevent sticking and contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk 2-lb quantity reduces need for frequent restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStable hard-candy texture resists melting in typical indoor temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can I expect from the cream-filled coconut candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a bright, tropical coconut taste with a clear hard shell that yields to a creamy center. The texture combines long-lasting crunch with a smooth coconut cream finish, creating layered mouthfeel and flavor that keeps each piece interesting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrystal-clear hard shell for an initial crunchy bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCream-filled center adds softness and coconut richness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNostalgic island-style sweetness without greasy aftertaste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor across individually wrapped pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for events, businesses, or dietary needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this 2-lb bulk bag is designed for sharing and commercial use, and the candies are gluten-free and fat-free. They work well in candy dishes, concession stands, wedding favors, classroom treats, and as a topping for desserts, making them a flexible option for many settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 180 individually wrapped pieces for easy distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and fat-free recipe broadens guest compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as piñata filler, countertop jar candy, or bakery garnish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCost-effective bulk packaging for offices, parties, and retail use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these coconut hard candies beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond straight snacking, these candies add crunch, visual appeal, and coconut flavor to desserts and event displays. Crush a few for cupcake or ice-cream toppings, include wrapped pieces in gift bags, or pour them into decorative bowls for a retro-sweets presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCrush for a crunchy coconut topping on baked goods and sundaes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill favor bags or use as table-scatter at tropical-themed events\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDisplay in clear jars at counters, receptions, or candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse individually wrapped pieces for hygienic handing at events\n  \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Coconut Hard Candy is ideal for anyone seeking a crowd-friendly, nostalgic confection with tropical coconut flavor—party planners, small businesses, bakers, classroom coordinators, and households that like to keep a sweet stash. If you want easy-to-share, individually wrapped candies that are gluten-free, fat-free, and long-lasting in flavor and texture, this 2-pound resealable bag offers a practical, island-flavored solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTropical coconut crunch with cream-filled centers; about 180 individually wrapped pieces per 2-lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThick heat-sealed resealable bag to lock in flavor and protect against humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free and fat-free confection suitable for many guests and uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile for parties, favors, concession stands, and dessert toppings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eValue bulk pack for home, office, or retail sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic island flavor and long-lasting hard-candy texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Titanium Dioxide, Salt and Artificial Flavor. May Contain Soy Derivatives, Gluten Free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many candies are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The 2-pound bag contains roughly 180 individually wrapped coconut hard candies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, Fusion Sweets coconut hard candies are gluten-free and fat-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007277715539,"sku":"B0F6PLMJQ6","price":52.97,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-coconut-hard-candy-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787258421"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-spice-drops-gum-drops-2-lb-resealable-bag-assorted-sugar-coated-spiced-flavors-chewy-party-candy","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Spice Drops Gum Drops 2 lb Resealable Bag — Assorted Sugar‑Coated Spiced Flavors, Chewy Party Candy","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Spice Drops are a 2-pound resealable bag of assorted sugar-coated gum drops delivering six classic spiced flavors in a chewy, colorful candy mix.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese old-fashioned gum drops combine bold spice notes—clove, wintergreen, anise, cinnamon, peppermint, and spearmint—with a soft, chewy center and a sparkling sugar exterior. Packaged in a large, resealable pouch, the mix is sized for parties, baking projects, candy buffets, and anyone who likes nostalgic confectionery with a spicy twist. The candies are versatile: use them straight from the bag for snacking, as a decorative accent on holiday desserts, or as part of candy gift bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are in the Fusion Sweets spice drops mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains six traditional spiced flavors designed to offer varied sweet and warming profiles. Each gum drop is sugar-coated for a crisp first bite and a chewy center that showcases the spice note.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClove: warm, aromatic spice\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWintergreen: cool, minty brightness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAnise: licorice-like sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCinnamon: familiar warm spice\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeppermint: sharp, refreshing mint\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpearmint: mellow, green mint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these gum drops in baking and decorating?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese spice drops are sized and textured to work well as both an ingredient and a garnish. Their sugar coating helps them sit on frostings and dough without immediately sinking in, and their bold flavors can be an accent or a featured element in desserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop cookies and cupcakes for color and spice\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdorn gingerbread houses with chewy, colorful pieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into holiday trail mixes or dessert centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a visual and flavor contrast on cakes and cookie platters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these spice drops good for parties and bulk needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound resealable bag is sized for gatherings, candy stations, or refilling smaller containers for favors. The resealable packaging helps preserve freshness between events and makes portioning easy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge bag supports candy buffets and party bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable pouch keeps candies fresh between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for stuffing gift bags or making mixed candy jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColorful assortment adds visual appeal to dessert tables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will the candies stay fresh and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStored in their resealable bag in a cool, dry place, the gum drops maintain texture and flavor for standard confection shelf lives. Avoid heat and humidity to prevent sticking or melting of the sugar coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep sealed when not in use to retain chewiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore away from direct sunlight and humidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCool pantry or cupboard recommended for best texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Spice Drops suit anyone who enjoys classic, nostalgic candies with bold spice character—bakers, party planners, seasonal decorators, and candy lovers seeking a bulk, value-sized option. If you want a versatile, colorful candy that performs as both a standalone snack and a decorative baking element, this 2-pound bag is designed to deliver variety and convenience without sacrificing traditional spiced taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CORN STARCH, BRIGHTENING AGENT (VEGETABLE OIL AND CARNAUBA WAX), SODIUM CITRATE, CITRIC ACID, ARTIFICIAL AND NATURAL FLAVORS, ARTIFICIAL COLORS (FD\u0026amp;C YELLOW 6 , RED 40, YELLOW 5, AND BLUE 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gum drops suitable for baking?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Their sugar coating helps them sit on frostings and dough, making them useful as garnishes and decorative baking accents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I store the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep the resealable bag sealed in a cool, dry place away from heat and humidity to maintain texture and freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007336239187,"sku":"B0GJGH5J68","price":52.97,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-spice-drops-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787258967"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-gum-drops-candy-2-lb-bag-strawberry-orange-grape-lime-pineapple-resealable-bulk-for-baking-snac","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Gum Drops Candy 2 lb Bag – Strawberry, Orange, Grape, Lime \u0026 Pineapple, Resealable Bulk for Baking \u0026 Snac","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Gum Drops Candy 2 Pound Bag is a resealable bulk pack of soft, fruit-flavored gumdrops in strawberry, orange, grape, lime, and pineapple for snacking, baking, and decorating.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese classic jelly drops bring bold color and chewy texture in a generous two-pound bag that reseals to maintain freshness. Each gumdrop is lightly sugar-coated and comes in five fruit varieties so you can mix flavors for party bowls, cake toppers, holiday crafts, or everyday treats. The chewy center and bright, fruity taste are designed to appeal to kids and adults who like nostalgic candy with modern convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures can I expect from these gum drops?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou’ll find five clear fruit flavors—strawberry, orange, grape, lime, and pineapple—each offering a tender, chewy interior with a subtle sugary exterior. The textures are soft enough to bite easily yet firm enough to hold shape for decorating and display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive distinct fruit varieties for variety and color coordination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, jelly-like chew that works for snacking and baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight sugar coating adds sparkle and gentle crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent size for even decorating and portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the resealable two-pound bag help with storage and use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag is sized for events or extended snacking while the resealable closure keeps candies fresher between uses. It’s convenient for repeated access without needing additional containers, and the bulk quantity reduces the need to restock frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper locks in freshness and aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAmple two-pound volume for parties, baking, or candy dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear panel or label lets you see quantity remaining\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable packaging for gifting or transporting to events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these gumdrops be used in baking, decorating, or crafts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—their uniform shape and bright hues make them ideal for adorning cupcakes, gingerbread houses, and cookie trays, and they work well in edible craft projects. They hold up when pressed into soft icing and can serve as colorful accents on desserts or seasonal displays without melting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePress into frosting for instant cupcake and cake decorations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as colorful accents on holiday gingerbread and cookies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for candy buffets, favor bags, and centerpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for edible crafts and non-food decorative displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home bakers, party planners, teachers, and candy lovers who need a versatile, brightly colored candy supply will find this two-pound bag useful. It’s a practical choice for anyone preparing for birthdays, holidays, classroom activities, or bulk snacking—offering nostalgic flavor, dependable texture, and simple storage in one package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct highlights:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted fruit flavors: strawberry, orange, grape, lime, pineapple\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo-pound resealable bag for freshness and convenience\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, chewy jelly drops with a light sugar coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultipurpose for snacking, baking, decorating, and crafts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CORN STARCH, SODIUM CITRATE, ARTIFICIAL AND NATURAL FLAVORS, CITRIC ACID, ARTIFICIAL COLORS (FD\u0026amp;C YELLOW 6, YELLOW 5, RED 40, BLUE 1).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these gum drops suitable for cake decorating?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Their uniform shape and soft chew make them easy to press into frosting and use as colorful decorations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long will the gumdrops stay fresh after opening?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stored in the resealable bag and kept cool, they stay fresh for several weeks; avoid heat and humidity for best texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007336403027,"sku":"B0GJG2J7QW","price":52.97,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-gum-drops-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787258968"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-jumbo-peppermint-balls-hard-candy-2-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Jumbo Peppermint Balls Hard Candy — 2 lb Bulk Bag, Individually Wrapped","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets Jumbo Peppermint Balls are large, individually wrapped hard mints sold in a 2‑pound, heat‑sealed bag for long-lasting peppermint flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese oversized peppermint candies deliver a bold, cool mint experience with nostalgic hard‑candy texture. Packed two pounds per bag and individually wrapped, they’re designed for sharing at parties, filling candy dishes, gifting during holidays, or keeping a convenient stash at home or the office. The heat‑sealed packaging preserves freshness, while the classic peppermint taste makes them a universal crowd‑pleaser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is the peppermint flavor in these jumbo balls?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach jumbo peppermint ball provides a pronounced cooling mint flavor that lingers longer than typical bite‑size mints due to its larger size and hard candy formulation. The peppermint oils are balanced to be invigorating without overwhelming, making them suitable for those who prefer a clearly noticeable mint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eJumbo size extends flavor duration compared with small mints\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard candy base slowly releases peppermint oils as it dissolves\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTraditional peppermint recipe for familiar, bright mint notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies kept fresh and easy to share?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — each piece is individually wrapped to lock in freshness and hygiene, and the outer bag is heat‑sealed for longer shelf life. That makes them convenient for handing out at events, placing in candy bowls, or tucking into gift bags without worrying about sticks or stale pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrapping prevents flavor loss and contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat‑sealed 2 lb bag adds an extra layer of protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady for party favors, candy stations, or individual distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy do I get and where will it be useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2‑pound bulk bag contains dozens of jumbo peppermint balls, sufficient to fill multiple candy dishes, create dozens of party favors, or supplement holiday gift boxes. The quantity is practical for small events, retail displays, or simply stocking up for regular household use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo pounds yields a generous supply for gatherings or resale\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for holiday decorating, office candy bowls, and trick‑or‑treating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood option for seasonal merchandising or bulk gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these mints suit special occasions and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — the classic look and flavor of peppermint make these jumbo balls a versatile addition to holiday desserts, party favor bags, and event candy bars. Their individually wrapped format simplifies packaging for giveaways and ensures every recipient receives a fresh, intact candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for weddings, corporate events, holiday parties, and classrooms\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in decorative bowls, jars, and gift boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into small treat bags or use as table accents\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Fusion Sweets Jumbo Peppermint Balls are meant for anyone who wants bold peppermint flavor packaged for sharing — event planners, retailers, party hosts, teachers, and families who prefer larger, long‑lasting hard mints. If you need a sizable supply of classic peppermint candy that stays fresh, looks festive, and is simple to distribute, this two‑pound, individually wrapped bag is a practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup (Glucose Syrup), Water, Titanium Dioxide, Artificial Flavor, Sorbitol, Artificial Color (FD\u0026amp;C Red 40).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many peppermint balls come in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The exact count varies by candy size, but a 2 lb bag contains dozens of jumbo peppermint balls enough for multiple servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the candies individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each jumbo peppermint ball is individually wrapped to keep it fresh and sanitary for sharing and events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007366287443,"sku":"B0DLQR1ZB9","price":54.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-front-of-bag_7f790415-d555-46d5-a55b-10f31f12f948.jpg?v=1787259789"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-lollipops-individually-wrapped-2-lb-bulk-5-fruit-flavors-heat-sealed-freshness","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Lollipops Individually Wrapped 2 lb Bulk - 5 Fruit Flavors, Heat-Sealed Freshness","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks 2-pound bulk bag contains individually wrapped flat lollipops in five fruit flavors—grape, cherry, orange, lemon, and lime—for easy sharing and long-lasting freshness.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese classic round flat lollipops come sealed in a heat-sealed bag to lock in flavor and hygiene, making them convenient for parties, classrooms, events, or everyday snacking. The pack offers a cost-effective supply of individually wrapped candies so you can distribute treats without extra handling. Flavors are simple and familiar, chosen to appeal to a wide range of palates and age groups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how consistent is the taste?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment includes five familiar fruit flavors: grape, cherry, orange, lemon, and lime. Each flavor is formulated to deliver straightforward, candy-sweet fruit notes that are easy to recognize and enjoy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive distinct fruit flavors for variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform size and shape ensure consistent bite and dissolve time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetness profile designed for broad appeal, from kids to adults.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are the lollipops packaged to stay fresh and hygienic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach lollipop is individually wrapped and the full quantity comes inside a heat-sealed bag to preserve flavor and cleanliness. The dual layer of protection keeps candies dry and ready to distribute right out of the package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrappers prevent cross-contamination and make handouts simple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed outer bag maintains freshness during storage and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging is suitable for party favors, bulk displays, or classroom treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces are in the 2-pound bulk bag and where does it work best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2-pound weight yields a generous count of flat lollipops—enough for group events, candy dishes, or occasional personal snacking. Exact piece count can vary slightly by flavor but the bag is sized for sharing and repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge quantity per bag for events, office kitchens, or retail stock-ups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable and ready-to-serve: no additional packaging needed for giveaways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePriced for value versus single-pack purchases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these lollipops suitable for events and themed parties?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this mixed-flavor pack is ideal for birthday parties, candy buffets, Halloween trick-or-treating, pinata fills, and holiday stocking stuffers. Individual wrapping simplifies distribution and keeps displays hygienic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in party favor bags or as table candy for gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted colors enhance visual appeal on candy bars or buffets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion for classroom rewards, office treats, or giveaways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 2-pound bulk bag of individually wrapped Fusion Sweets And Snacks lollipops is best suited for event planners, teachers, parents, small retailers, and anyone who wants a ready supply of classic fruit-flavored sweets. If you need hygienic, easy-to-share candy with familiar flavors and good value per piece, this assorted pack delivers a practical, colorful option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Citric Acid, Artificial Flavors, Artificial Colors Red No. 40. Yellow No. 5. Yellow No. 6. Blue No. 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many lollipops come in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Piece count varies slightly by flavor and size, but the 2-pound bag provides a generous bulk quantity suitable for group events and sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these lollipops individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, each lollipop is individually wrapped and the whole supply is packed inside a heat-sealed bag for freshness and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007380803667,"sku":"B0DF1BT4Z6","price":54.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-front-packaging_859286c0-b5a4-424c-9d9b-1880a16c6925.jpg?v=1787260300"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-sugar-free-spearmint-starlight-hard-candy-1-lb-individually-wrapped-keto-friendly-mint","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Sugar Free Spearmint Starlight Hard Candy, 1 lb — Individually Wrapped, Keto-Friendly Mint","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Sugar Free Spearmint Starlight Hard Candy is a one-pound bag of individually wrapped, sugar-free spearmint mints that deliver a clean, cooling finish and about 85 pieces per bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese spearmint starlight candies combine the classic hard-candy crunch of a starlight mint with a sugar-free sweetener profile, packaged in a bulk 1 lb bag for everyday use, event stocking, or candy-dish refills. Designed for freshness, each mint is individually wrapped so you get consistent flavor and long shelf life without sticky clumps. The product is positioned as a low-carb, keto-friendly confection option suited to people watching sugar intake who still want a minty treat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can I expect from these spearmint starlights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a crisp hard shell that yields to a cool spearmint center; the taste leans clean and refreshing rather than heavy or cloying. Mouthfeel is the familiar brittle crunch of starlight-style candies with a quick-dissolve finish that leaves a lingering minty breath sensation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright spearmint profile, not overpowering\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard candy texture with a quick dissolve\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to preserve crunch and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 85 pieces inside the 1 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this candy packaged for freshness and convenience?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach mint is sealed in its own wrapper to lock in flavor and prevent candies from sticking together in transit or storage. The one-pound outer bag is resealable-friendly and sized to refill bowls, party favors, or workplace jars without frequent restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces to protect each mint\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk 1 lb bag yields many servings for sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to distribute for events or gift bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable pieces suitable for pockets, purses, or desk drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mints suitable for low-carb or sugar-restricted diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese starlight mints are formulated without sugar and are marketed as low-carb and keto-friendly, making them a reasonable occasional treat for people monitoring sugar intake. They provide a mint option without traditional sugar, though ingredient lists should be reviewed if you have specific dietary restrictions or sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweetened without sugar — marketed sugar-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-carb friendly option for many diets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood for breath freshening without sugar calories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck the label for specific sweeteners and allergens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this 1-pound bag in everyday life or events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulk bag works well for candy dishes, holiday displays, fillable party favors, event bowls, or office candy jars. Because pieces are individually wrapped, they’re particularly handy for hygiene-conscious situations and for handing out at receptions or seasonal celebrations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefill candy jars and office bowls easily\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for party favor bags and holiday displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for hygienic sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAmple quantity to distribute across events or locations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This product is aimed at anyone seeking a classic spearmint hard candy without sugar—people following low-carb or keto patterns, those wanting sugar-conscious breath fresheners, event planners stocking large batches of individually wrapped treats, and households that prefer bulk candy for continuous refills. If you want a familiar starlight-style mint in a sugar-free format with individually wrapped convenience, this one-pound Fusion Sweets And Snacks bag is designed to fit that need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIsomalt, Maltitol Syrup, Artificial Flavor (Spearmint), Artificial Color (Titanium Dioxide), Sucralose, High Oleic Sunflower Oil, Propylene Glycol, FD\u0026amp;C Blue #1, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow #5, Citric Acid. WARNING: Excessive consumption may cause a laxative effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints are in the 1-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: There are about 85 individually wrapped spearmint mints in the one-pound bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these mints truly sugar-free and keto friendly?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The product is marketed as sugar-free and low-carb\/keto friendly, but check the ingredient panel for specific sweeteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007394369619,"sku":"B0DB2WXNY6","price":51.71,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-spearmint-bag-front.jpg?v=1787260543"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-mike-and-ike-original-fruit-candy-1-lb-bag-fat-free-chewy-assortment","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Mike and Ike Original Fruit Candy 1 lb Bag — Fat-Free Chewy Assortment","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMike and Ike Original Fruit is a 1-pound bag of fat-free, chewy fruit-flavored candies in classic cherry, lemon, strawberry, lime, and orange.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis generous, heat-sealed 1 lb bag from Fusion Sweets And Snacks stores the iconic Mike and Ike candies to keep them fresh and chewy for movie nights, parties, or anytime snacking. The original fruit variety blends five bright flavors into a single bulk pack that’s easy to share, portion, or use as a colorful candy bowl centerpiece. Because the bag is heat-sealed, each piece retains its soft texture and concentrated fruit taste until you open it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how intense are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Original Fruit mix features cherry, lemon, strawberry, lime, and orange—each piece delivers a direct, chewy burst of fruit flavor without added fat. Flavors are bold and straightforward, designed for consistent taste across the bag. Expect bright sweet notes with a slightly sticky, tender chew that’s familiar to long-time Mike and Ike fans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive classic fruit flavors: cherry, lemon, strawberry, lime, orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform chewiness across flavors thanks to heat-sealed packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free formulation that keeps the candies lighter in texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and serve this 1-pound bulk bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain flavor and texture. After opening, reseal or transfer candies to an airtight container to preserve chewiness and prevent sticking. The packaging is sized for easy portioning—perfect for jars, snack bowls, or pre-portioned party bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened in a pantry or cupboard, away from heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse an airtight container or clip to reseal after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for refillable candy jars, movie bowls, and event favors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for sharing at events or in retail displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk format is well suited for gatherings, concession stands, office candy jars, and retail candy bowls. The recognizable brand and colorful pieces make an instant visual draw and are easy to portion for guests. Because the bag is 1 pound, it supplies multiple servings without frequent restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge enough for small parties or multi-day snack stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eColors and shapes are eye-catching for displays and candy buffets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed freshness helps maintain quality during service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dietary or ingredient details should buyers know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMike and Ike Original Fruit candies are marketed as fat-free chewy fruit candies; check the product label for full ingredient and allergen information. The bag does not replace specific dietary or medical advice, so consult the label if you have food sensitivities. Nutritional specs such as sugar and caloric content are printed on the packaging for accurate portion tracking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFat-free candy formulation—see package for complete nutrition facts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains concentrated fruit flavors and sweeteners—check label for allergens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSized for reasonable portion control in bulk servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This 1-pound bag of Mike and Ike Original Fruit from Fusion Sweets And Snacks fits anyone who wants a nostalgic, shareable chewy candy—movie-goers, party hosts, office snack coordinators, and candy-lovers who prefer bright, familiar fruit flavors without added fat. It’s a straightforward, crowd-pleasing option when you need vibrant color, consistent texture, and a recognizable brand in bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Modified Food Starch, Contains Less than 0.5% of the Following: Citric Acid, Malic Acid, Fumaric Acid, Sodium Citrate, Natural and Artificial Flavors, Dextrin, Confectioners Glaze, Carnauba Wax, Medium Chain Triglycerides, Red 40, Yellow 6, Yellow 5 (Tartrazine), Blue 1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the 1-pound bag resealable?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bag is heat-sealed for freshness; reseal with a clip or transfer to an airtight container after opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this variety contain multiple fruit flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the Original Fruit mix includes cherry, lemon, strawberry, lime, and orange in each 1 lb bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007407542355,"sku":"B0D1S22CG8","price":56.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-mike-and-ike-original-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787260954"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-sugar-free-assorted-fruit-hard-candy-1-lb-individually-wrapped-low-sugar","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Sugar Free Assorted Fruit Hard Candy, 1 lb — Individually Wrapped, Low‑Sugar","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArcor Sugar Free Assorted Fruit Hard Candy is a one‑pound bag of individually wrapped, sugarless fruit‑flavored hard candies offering classic taste with fewer calories.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 1 lb pack from Fusion Sweets And Snacks contains more than 75 individually wrapped Arcor hard candies in Cherry, Lime, Orange, Blackberry, and Raspberry flavors. Sweetened with low‑glycemic polyols, the candies aim to deliver the familiar crunch and bright fruit notes of traditional hard candy while avoiding added sugar. Each piece is heat‑sealed to preserve freshness, making the bag a practical option for sharing, travel, and everyday snacking when you want a fruit candy without sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors are included and how intense are they?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment features Cherry, Lime, Orange, Blackberry, and Raspberry flavors, each tuned to a classic hard‑candy profile: bright, slightly tart, and long‑lasting. Flavors are designed to be distinct so you can easily pick your favorite from the mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFive fruit varieties in one bag for variety during snacking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit concentrates and flavor blends for clear, recognizable tastes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSustained flavor release typical of hard candies for longer enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this candy sweetened and is it suitable for low‑sugar diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArcor Sugar Free hard candies use low‑glycemic polyols instead of table sugar, which reduces calories and avoids added sugar. While intended to be lower impact on blood glucose than sucrose, individual responses vary, so consider dietary needs or consult a professional if you have specific restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugarless formulation using polyol sweeteners to lower sugar content.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCalorie‑reduced treat compared with traditional sugar candies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConvenient option for people seeking fewer added sugars in snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the candy packaged and what makes it convenient?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach candy is individually wrapped and the entire 1 lb supply is heat sealed to lock in freshness. Individual wrapping improves hygiene and portability, making the pieces ideal for pockets, bags, or shared bowls at events and workplaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for sanitary handling and easy portioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat‑sealed 1 lb bag to keep candies fresh from first to last piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 75+ pieces per bag for bulk value in gatherings or daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this candy beyond snacking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulk, individually wrapped format lends itself to many non‑snack uses: party favors, gift baskets, desk jars, and recipe accents in desserts or baking where a sugar‑free option is preferred. Its shelf stability and recognizable flavors make it adaptable for events and themed treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice bowls, candy dishes, and reception areas for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInclusion in gift baskets, party bags, and holiday creations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable pocket stash for on‑the‑go flavor without sticky packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks’ Arcor Sugar Free Assorted Fruit Hard Candy suits anyone seeking the nostalgic crunch and fruit flavors of classic hard candies without added sugar. It's well‑suited for households looking for a lower‑sugar sweet option, event planners needing individually wrapped favors, and people who want a portable confection for travel or work. If you have strict medical dietary needs, check ingredient details and consult a healthcare professional before choosing sugar‑free polyol‑sweetened products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIsomalt, Maltitol Syrup, Citric Acid, Artificial Flavors, Sucralose, High Oleic Sunflower Oil, FD\u0026amp;C Red 40, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow 6, FD\u0026amp;C Blue 1, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow 5. Excessive consumption may have a laxative effect. Contains Soy. Processed in a facility that handles Peanuts, tree nuts, milk, and wheat\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are Arcor Sugar Free candies suitable for keto?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: They use low‑glycemic polyols and are lower in sugar, but check net carbs and your keto limits before consuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces come in the 1 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bag contains about 75+ individually wrapped candies, depending on exact piece weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007512629331,"sku":"B0F7SQPDH4","price":56.39,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/arcor-sugar-free-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787263112"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-jumbo-spearmint-balls-2-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-large-hard-mints-bold-cooling-flavor","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Jumbo Spearmint Balls 2 lb Bag — Individually Wrapped Large Hard Mints, Bold Cooling Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are Fusion Sweets And Snacks Jumbo Spearmint Balls: large, individually wrapped hard mints with a bold spearmint flavor sold in a 2-pound value bag.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnjoy a classic, refreshing mint presented in a larger-than-average size — each candy is individually wrapped to preserve flavor and make sharing easy. The bright green-and-white spheres are designed for convenience and visual appeal, whether used for candy dishes, party favors, seasonal décor, or simply kept on hand for a long-lasting cool finish after meals. Packaged in bulk, this 2-pound assortment gives you ample supply for events, retail displays, or everyday snacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow intense is the spearmint flavor and how long does it last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spearmint profile leans toward a clear, cooling mint rather than overpowering heat. Because they are hard candies, they dissolve slowly on the tongue, delivering sustained refreshment over minutes rather than seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBold spearmint oil for an unmistakable mint character\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge hard candy form prolongs flavor release\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces lock in aroma and taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these mints good for events and displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bright green-and-white appearance makes them an instant visual accent for holiday tables, weddings, or themed parties. Individually wrapped pieces are convenient for guest bowls, candy buffets, and take-home favors because they stay fresh and hygienic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFestive green coloring complements seasonal décor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for easy distribution and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2-pound bulk bag supplies many guests or retail placements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these mints suitable for retail, office candy bowls, or gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the combination of attractive presentation, individual wrapping, and bulk quantity makes them versatile for multiple uses. They work well as countertop impulse items, communal office treats, or packaged into small favor bags for special occasions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk sizing supports retail restocking and office use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividual wrapping simplifies portioning and gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEye-catching color draws attention in displays or jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I store them and what should I expect about shelf life?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bag sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain texture and flavor. When stored properly, hard candies like these remain enjoyable for months, retaining their crunch and mint clarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal or transfer to airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid high heat to prevent softening or stickiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces help extend freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Shoppers looking for a plentiful supply of classic spearmint hard candies — from event planners and small retailers to office managers and home entertainers — will appreciate the visual pop, convenient individual wrapping, and long-lasting mint experience in this 2-pound offering from Fusion Sweets And Snacks. If you want a traditional mint that’s easy to display, distribute, and enjoy slowly, these jumbo spearmint balls are designed for that purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn Syrop (Glucose Syrup), Sugar, Invert Sugar, Natural Flavor Spearmint, Titanium Dioxide E-171, Artificial Colors: FD\u0026amp;C Yellow #5 - E-102, FD\u0026amp;C Blue #1 – E-133. Manufactured in a Facility that Processes Peanuts, Nuts, Soy, Milk, Wheat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these spearmint balls individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each large spearmint ball is individually wrapped for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces come in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Piece count varies by size, but the 2-pound bag contains a generous bulk supply suitable for events or long-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007530029139,"sku":"B0GL4J7DCX","price":54.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-packaging_d14d7df4-41f9-494e-8d6a-b1d15b41d731.jpg?v=1787263484"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-fruit-slices-jelly-candy-2-lb-resealable-bulk-bag-sugar-coated-soft-chew-assorted-flavors","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Fruit Slices Jelly Candy — 2 lb Resealable Bulk Bag, Sugar-Coated Soft-Chew Assorted Flavors","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks Fruit Slices Jelly Candy is a two-pound resealable bag of sugar-coated, soft-chewy fruit slice and gumdrop-style candies in assorted citrus and berry flavors.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring bright color and nostalgic flavor to parties, candy buffets, or everyday snacking with this bulk bag of mixed fruit slices. Each piece is coated with sparkling sugar for a sweet crunch followed by a tender, gel-like chew reminiscent of classic fruit jellies and gumdrops. The resealable bag keeps candies fresh between uses and makes portioning simple for sharing or gifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and textures are included in this mixed fruit candy bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe assortment includes citrus-leaning slices (orange, lemon, lime) and berry-leaning options (cherry and mixed fruit) that balance bright acidity with sweet, sugary coating. Texture-wise you'll find a gel-style center with a soft chew similar to traditional gumdrops and a sparkling sugar exterior that adds slight crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrange, lemon, lime and cherry fruit-slice varieties\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-coated exterior for an initial crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, gelatinous chew like classic jelly candies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted shapes and vibrant colors for visual appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy comes in one bag and how is it stored?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bag contains two pounds of assorted fruit slices — enough for multiple gatherings or long-term snacking at home. The packaging is a resealable pouch that helps maintain texture and flavor by limiting air exposure between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNet weight: 2 pounds (bulk resealable bag)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable zipper for repeated opening and closing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion easily for candy jars, party bowls, or gift bags\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these fruit slices be used for events and gifting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — their vivid colors and classic shapes make them ideal for candy buffets, wedding favors, holiday gift baskets, and classroom treats. Buying in bulk delivers better value per ounce and simplifies topping up candy stations throughout an event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for candy buffets, party favor bags, and centerpieces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTwo-pound supply covers multiple small bowls or jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMixes well with other bulk candies for themed displays\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into small cellophane bags for gifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this candy compare to other gummy or gel-style sweets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike firmer gummies, these fruit slices offer a softer, gel-like interior with a sugar-crystal coating that emphasizes sweetness and visual sparkle. They echo classic gumdrops and nostalgic fruit jellies while presenting more variety in slice shapes and flavors than single-flavor gummy packs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoft, gel-texture versus chewy gummy density\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSugar-coating adds crunch and visual sparkle\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAssorted flavors give multi-sensory variety in one bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMore visually festive for displays than plain gummies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Fruit Slices Jelly Candy is aimed at anyone who loves sugar-coated, soft-chewy fruit candies: party planners, candy-shop owners, snack lovers stocking up for home, and anyone creating colorful gift or event displays. It suits buyers who want a nostalgic candy experience in bulk, delivered in a convenient resealable bag for freshness and easy portioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUGAR, CORN SYRUP, CORNSTARCH, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, LESS THAN 2% THE FOLLOWING: NATURAL \u0026amp; ARTIFICIAL FLAVORS, ARTIFICIAL COLORS (FD\u0026amp;C RED 40, YELLOW 6, YELLOW 5, BLUE 1).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many servings are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Servings vary by portion, but a two-pound bag typically yields about 32–48 small servings depending on scoop size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is the bag resealable to keep candies fresh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the package includes a resealable zipper to help maintain texture and freshness between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007546839123,"sku":"B0G55XW9TZ","price":51.8,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-front-packaging_99750aef-48be-48f7-993c-99afa4e8eb0d.jpg?v=1787264103"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-baby-boy-buttermints-blue-about-100-individually-wrapped-mints-heat-sealed-freshness","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Baby Boy Buttermints, Blue — About 100 Individually Wrapped Mints, Heat-Sealed Freshness","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoft, buttery blue buttermints individually wrapped in \"It's a Boy\" foil—about 100 mints per bag, perfect for baby showers, favors, and decorative displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCelebrate a new arrival with a classic, crowd-pleasing confection: small, creamy buttermints swaddled in shiny blue foil printed with \"It's a Boy.\" These individually wrapped mints arrive heat-sealed for freshness and are sized to serve as table decor, favor fillers, or a simple after-dinner sweet. They combine an attractive visual pop with a mild buttery taste that sits well with dessert tables and gift bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these buttermints fit into a baby shower setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese mints are designed to be both decorative and edible accents. Their bright blue foil and consistent shape make them easy to display in jars, dishes, or scattered along a dessert table. Because each mint is individually wrapped, you can leave them out for guests without worrying about cross-contamination or sticky messes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 100 individually wrapped mints per heat-sealed bag for single-event use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBright blue \"It's a Boy\" foil adds cohesive color to décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmall size fits into favor bags, jars, and candy buffet scoops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the packaging and freshness details?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach mint is wrapped to preserve flavor and prevent sticking. The full batch is packed inside a sealed bag to extend shelf life during storage and transport. That makes them convenient for pre-event preparation and for including in favors or welcome kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped mints to lock in freshness and hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed outer bag for added protection during shipping and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 100 mints per bag—enough for medium-sized gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use these mints beyond a baby shower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile tailored to \"It's a Boy\" celebrations, these blue buttermints are versatile for any occasion needing a touch of blue or small sweet accents. They work well for gender-announcement parties, hospital welcome bags, office celebrations, and themed events where small, individually wrapped candies are practical and stylish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDrop into hospital or welcome packs for new parents and visitors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as tasteful tokens in office or classroom celebrations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into centerpieces or clear jars for blue-themed parties and displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for creating favors and table displays?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—their size, color, and wrapping make them ideal for favors and tabletop accents. They’re lightweight, easy to portion into small bags or boxes, and present well in transparent containers where the blue foil becomes part of the visual design. The individually wrapped format also simplifies distribution to guests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for stuffing favor bags or small tins for guests to take home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWork as scatter décor on dessert tables or buffet lines for instant color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear jars or candy dishes highlight the blue foil for a polished look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets And Snacks Baby Boy Buttermints are ideal for party planners, parents-to-be, and hosts who want an easy, attractive sweet for baby-boy celebrations. They suit anyone organizing baby showers, gender reveals, or small gatherings who prefers pre-wrapped treats for convenience, hygiene, and visual impact. If you need a simple, crowd-friendly candy that doubles as décor and favors, these mints deliver color and classic buttery flavor in a ready-to-use format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLiquid Sugar (Sugar, Water), Invert Sugar, Corn Syrup, contains less than 2% of the following: Palm Oil*, Sorbitol, Butter* (Pasteurized Cream Milk, Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate, Artificial Flavor, Antioxidant (TBHQ, BHA, BTH) and Soy Lecithin), Salt, Peppermint Oil, Soy Lecithin*, TBHQ (antioxidant), Sodium Benzoate (preservative).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many mints are in one bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Each heat-sealed bag contains about 100 individually wrapped buttermints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these for party favors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—individually wrapped mints are ideal for favor bags, jars, or table scatter at events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007588946003,"sku":"B0FBYKBHR9","price":56.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-baby-boy-buttermints-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787264979"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-honey-filled-hard-candy-2-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-real-honey-center","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Honey-Filled Hard Candy — 2 lb Bulk Bag, Individually Wrapped, Real Honey Center","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eThese are Fusion Sweets And Snacks honey-filled hard candies sold in a 2-pound bulk bag with individually wrapped pieces for easy sharing and portable enjoyment.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHandmade-style hard candies pack a liquid honey center inside a clear, hard shell for a sweet, melt-in-your-mouth treat. Packaged in a heat-sealed 2 lb bag, each piece is wrapped for hygiene and convenience, making this bulk option practical for homes, offices, events, or gift-giving. The recipe focuses on pure honey flavor without gluten or artificial additives, offering a simple, familiar taste in every individually wrapped piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these honey-filled candies fit into my daily routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese candies are designed for quick, portable enjoyment whenever you want a sweet treat or a soothing mouth sensation. Because each piece is individually wrapped, they travel well in purses, pockets, drawers, and snack bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped for on-the-go carrying and sanitary sharing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-pound bulk bag provides dozens of candies for multiple uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed packaging helps maintain freshness over time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the center different from ordinary hard candy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach candy contains a liquid honey core that stays enclosed until the outer shell dissolves on the tongue, releasing a concentrated honey flavor. The contrast between the firm shell and viscous center creates a layered taste and texture experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReal honey center for authentic sweet flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirm outer shell for a longer-lasting candy experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarefully balanced sweetness to avoid cloying aftertaste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these candies suitable for people with dietary restrictions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is made without gluten and avoids artificial additives, making it a suitable treat for many shoppers with basic dietary sensitivities. Always check the ingredients label if you have severe allergies or unique dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGluten-free formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo artificial preservatives listed in product features\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces reduce cross-contamination risk when handled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I store or share a 2-pound bag of these candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heat-sealed bulk bag keeps the candies fresh until opened; after opening, store in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight. The large bag is ideal for splitting into smaller gift bags, topping candy bowls at events, or keeping a supply at home and work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReseal or transfer to airtight container after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for party favors, office jars, or seasonal gift baskets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual wrappers simplify portioning and distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? This 2 lb bulk bag of Fusion Sweets And Snacks honey-filled hard candy is for anyone who enjoys a classic candy with a real honey center—families stocking a pantry, event hosts filling favor bowls, office managers keeping a communal jar, or people who prefer individually wrapped sweets for hygiene and portability. If you want a straightforward, crowd-pleasing sweet made without gluten or artificial additives and presented in a large, shareable package, this bulk offering fits the bill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, Honey (2%), Artificial Flavor, High Oleic Sunflower Oil, FD\u0026amp;C Yellow # 6\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these candies gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the product is made without gluten according to the listed features, suitable for many with gluten sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Piece count varies by candy size; the 2 lb bulk bag contains dozens of individually wrapped candies for sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007638425683,"sku":"B0DHC54M9X","price":54.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787266624"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-starlight-spearmint-candy-2-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-mints-resealable","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Starlight Spearmint Candy - 2 lb Bulk Bag, Individually Wrapped Mints, Resealable","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStarlight Spearmint Candy by Fusion Sweets And Snacks is a 2-pound bulk bag of approximately 170 individually wrapped spearmint mints designed for convenient breath-freshening and sharing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese classic green spearmint hard candies deliver a cool, crisp mint flavor in a heat-sealed wrapper to lock in freshness. Packaged in a large resealable bag, the mints are intended for everyday use — from office candy bowls to event giveaways — and offer a compact, mess-free option for carrying a quick mint in a purse or pocket. The combination of bulk quantity and individual packaging makes this product useful for both personal supply and group settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor and texture can I expect from these Starlight Spearmint mints?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe mints provide a bright spearmint flavor with a cooling finish and firm, hard-candy texture that slowly dissolves. They are not soft or chewy; instead, each disc gives a steady release of mint that refreshes the palate without leaving sticky residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClassic spearmint profile with a cooling aftertaste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard-candy disc that dissolves gradually\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform size and color for consistent portioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow are these mints packaged for freshness and convenience?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach mint is individually wrapped in a heat-sealed wrapper to preserve flavor and hygiene until opened. The 2-pound supply arrives in one resealable outer bag to keep opened candies fresh and simplify storage between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for single servings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed seals to maintain freshness and sanitation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eResealable bulk bag for easy storage and transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many mints are in the 2-pound bag and how long will they last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains approximately 170 individually wrapped spearmint discs, providing a substantial supply for personal use or shared settings. How long they last depends on consumption: they work well for restocking office bowls, event favors, or maintaining a personal on-the-go stash for several weeks to months under typical use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAbout 170 pieces per 2-pound bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for refilling candy dishes or giveaway jars\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLong shelf life when kept sealed and stored in a cool, dry place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere and when is this bulk pack most useful?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulk bag is designed for flexible use: hand them out at receptions, keep them on a coffee bar, or tuck a few in your handbag for quick breath refreshment. They’re also practical for retail counters, office reception areas, classroom rewards, or party favor assembly where individually wrapped pieces are preferred for hygiene and portion control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for events, meetings, and hospitality settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for personal pocket-sized refreshment on the go\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful as a shareable item in communal spaces and gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? If you need a reliable, hygienic supply of mint candy for personal use, workplace sharing, hospitality needs, or event handouts, the Fusion Sweets And Snacks Starlight Spearmint 2-pound bag is made for that purpose. It suits anyone who prefers individually wrapped portions, wants a long-lasting bulk option, or needs an easy-to-store mint for everyday freshness. Avoid purchasing if you need sugar-free or chewing gum formats; this product is a traditional sugar-based hard candy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Corn Syrup, Artificial Flavor, Titanium Dioxide, Invert Sugar, Artificial Colors (Yellow # 5, Blue #1)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these mints individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — each Starlight Spearmint mint is heat-sealed in its own wrapper for freshness and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces come in the 2-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The bag contains approximately 170 individually wrapped spearmint mints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007638458451,"sku":"B0DHCBBZVD","price":54.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-starlight-spearmint-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787266624"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-arcor-crystal-blue-mint-candy-2-lb-bulk-bag-individually-wrapped-peppermints","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Arcor Crystal Blue Mint Candy — 2 lb Bulk Bag, Individually Wrapped Peppermints","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArcor Crystal Blue Mint Candy is a two-pound bulk bag of clear, blue peppermint hard candies, each individually wrapped for freshness and easy sharing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese translucent blue mints from Arcor combine a crisp peppermint flavor with a glassy, jewel-like appearance. Packaged in a heat-sealed 2 lb bag, the collection contains more than 200 individually wrapped pieces, making it a practical choice for homes, offices, events, and retail displays. The candies are meant to deliver a clean, cooling sensation without any fuss—perfect for keeping on hand in a bowl, at a reception desk, or in goody bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these blue mints different from other hard candies?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eArcor's Crystal Blue Mints stand out because of their translucent finish and focused peppermint profile. They are formulated to look like little blue gems and offer a straightforward mint experience rather than complex layered flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTranslucent, glass-like appearance that catches light\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-note peppermint flavor for predictable freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent hard-candy texture with a satisfying crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to lock in aroma and hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much candy comes in the 2 lb bag and is it convenient for events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe bag contains over 200 individually wrapped pieces, making it an economical option for gatherings. The individual wrapping keeps pieces sanitary and easy to distribute, so they work well in candy dishes, at buffet tables, or inside party favor bags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately 200+ wrapped candies per 2 lb bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHeat-sealed packaging to preserve freshness during storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable pieces, simple to hand out or display in bowls\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for weddings, offices, and seasonal events\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these mints and how long do they last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight to maintain the candy's clarity and crunch. Once opened, reseal the bag or transfer unused pieces to an airtight container to extend their shelf life and prevent flavor loss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry cabinet to avoid melting or stickiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReseal the bag after opening or use an airtight container\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid exposure to high humidity to preserve texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces stay hygienic during handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho will enjoy Arcor Crystal Blue Mint Candy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulk pack is for anyone who wants a reliable supply of classic peppermint hard candy with a striking visual appeal. It's a practical pick for hosts, businesses that stock candy bowls, event planners assembling favors, and shoppers looking for a value-sized mint option with attractive presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you want a long-lasting breath refresher on the go, a decorative bowl for guests, or an easy-to-hand out confection for celebrations, the Arcor Crystal Blue Mint 2 lb bag delivers a steady supply of individually wrapped, peppermint-flavored hard candies with a distinctive crystalline look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGlucose Syrup, Sugar, Lactic Acid, Artificial Flavor. Manufactured on equipment that processes soybean and milk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are the candies individually wrapped?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each Arcor Crystal Blue Mint is individually wrapped to maintain freshness and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many pieces are in the 2 lb bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The two-pound bag contains roughly 200 or more individually wrapped mints, depending on exact piece weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007647404115,"sku":"B0F2TSMV7J","price":54.14,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/arcor-crystal-blue-mint-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787266712"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-sesame-seed-crunch-candy-bars-1-lb-bag-individually-wrapped-honey-glazed-crunch","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Sesame Seed Crunch Candy Bars — 1 lb Bag, Individually Wrapped, Honey-Glazed Crunch","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eCrunchy honey-drizzled sesame seed candy bars, individually wrapped and sold in a 1-pound bag for sharing, snacking, and gifting.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFusion Sweets And Snacks brings a classic confection to modern snacking with sesame seed crunch candy bars flavored with real honey. Each bar combines toasted sesame seeds and a crisp, brittle texture finished with a sweet honey glaze. Packaged in a one-pound bag of individually wrapped pieces, this product blends old-world inspiration with convenient portioning for parties, lunchboxes, or pantry-ready treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these sesame bars different from ordinary honey snacks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bars emphasize texture and authentic ingredients: densely packed toasted sesame seeds are bound together into a crisp bar and finished with a visible honey drizzle that amplifies sweetness without sogginess. The result is a firm, crunchy bite rather than a chewy candy, offering a contrasting experience to soft caramels or nougat-based sweets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToasted sesame seeds tightly fused into a crunchy bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal honey glaze for a bright, golden sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped to preserve crunch and portion control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store these bars to keep them crisp?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed one-pound bag in a cool, dry place away from direct sunlight and heat sources. Once opened, keep unused bars in an airtight container or reseal the package to prevent moisture absorption that could soften the brittle texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePantry or cupboard at stable room temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse airtight container or resealable bag after opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid refrigerators or humid environments to maintain crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen and where are these sesame seed candy bars best enjoyed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bars are versatile: they work as a grab-and-go snack during busy days, a crunchy addition to dessert platters, or a thoughtful individually wrapped treat for events. Their sturdy shape makes them easy to include in snack mixes or gift baskets without breaking apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOffice snack bowls, party candy dishes, and holiday stockings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLunchboxes and on-the-go pockets for quick energy and crunch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk gifting and candy assortments where portioned sweets are preferred\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bars inspired by any traditional recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—the flavor profile and technique draw on Mediterranean and Greek sesame candy traditions that use toasted seeds and honey or syrup to form a brittle confection. Fusion Sweets And Snacks modernizes that heritage with consistent, individually wrapped portions ideal for contemporary lifestyles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBased on time-honored sesame brittle and sesame snap methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHoney added for a recognizable, natural sweetness layer\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduced in a format suited for sharing and retail presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Anyone who enjoys a firmly textured, honey-forward sweet—fans of sesame snacks, people looking for easy party sweets, or shoppers seeking portion-controlled treats. These one-pound bags suit families, offices, and hosts who want a reliable crunchy candy that nods to classic recipes while fitting modern convenience needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSesame Seeds, Cane Sugar, Glucose Syrup, Honey\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many bars are in the 1-pound bag?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Counts vary by bar size, but the one-pound bag typically contains multiple individually wrapped pieces suitable for sharing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these bars suitable for gifting or events?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—individual wrapping and a one-pound bulk bag make them ideal for party displays, gift baskets, and holiday treats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007667785811,"sku":"B0H2FRJ6K5","price":56.48,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-and-snacks-front-packaging_dcde18ed-e1df-4a4d-a711-4c6d6a6f150c.jpg?v=1787267091"},{"product_id":"fusion-sweets-and-snacks-butterscotch-hard-candy-individually-wrapped-discs-2-lb-bulk-pack-gluten-free-slow-dissolve","title":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks Butterscotch Hard Candy, Individually Wrapped Discs 2 lb Bulk Pack — Gluten-Free, Slow-Dissolve","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFusion Sweets Butterscotch Hard Candy are creamy, individually wrapped disc candies sold in a 2-pound bulk pack for snacking, sharing, or filling candy bowls.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThese classic butterscotch discs blend a smooth, buttery sweetness with a clean, hard texture that slowly dissolves for a long-lasting treat. Packaged in a single 2 lb bag with individually wrapped pieces, this product suits households, events, and retail displays alike. The candy is made using high-quality ingredients and is gluten-free, making it easy to include in mixed-snack offerings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these butterscotch discs fit into parties and events?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe individually wrapped format simplifies serving and keeps each piece hygienic for guests. A 2-pound supply means you can fill bowls, create favor bags, or offer them at self-serve stations without constant replenishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApproximately dozens of individually wrapped discs per bag—good for large gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to portion into party favor bags or candy buffet jars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo sticky mess—individual wrappers maintain freshness and sanitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the flavor and texture profile feel like?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese butterscotch candies deliver a concentrated buttery-sweet flavor with a hint of caramelized sugar. The hard disc form dissolves gradually, letting the buttery notes linger while releasing clean, sweet caramel tones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreamy, buttery base balanced by clear, sweet finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHard candy texture for slow-savor enjoyment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlavor appeals to fans of toffee, caramel, and coffee-confection notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these convenient for everyday use and on-the-go?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—each candy is individually wrapped for portability, so you can toss a few in a bag, keep them at your desk, or hand them out at checkout. The wrappers also preserve flavor and protect the candy in pockets or purses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped pieces for single-serve convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable wrappers prevent sticking and maintain freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 lb bulk pack reduces the need for frequent repurchase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients and dietary considerations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe candies are crafted from high-quality components and are labeled gluten-free, making them suitable for people avoiding gluten. They are a straightforward confection without complex allergen claims on the front packaging—always check the back label if you have specific sensitivities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with quality ingredients for consistent flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGluten-free as marked—verify packaging for other allergen details.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIndividually wrapped format helps reduce cross-contamination risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Fusion Sweets Butterscotch Hard Candy is ideal for households that enjoy classic nostalgic flavors, event planners assembling candy bars, small retailers stocking confections, and anyone who wants convenient, individually wrapped sweets. If you like buttery, caramel-forward hard candies that last on the tongue and travel easily, this 2 lb pack gives you plenty to enjoy and share.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: Packaging and nutritional information may vary; consult the product label for the latest details and allergen declarations.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGLUCOSE SYRUP, SUGAR, SALT, ARTIFICIAL FLAVOR, HIGH OLEIC SUNFLOWER OIL, ARTIFICIAL COLOR (TITANIUM DIOXIDE), FD\u0026amp;C YELLOW #5, FD\u0026amp;C YELLOW #6\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many candies are in the 2 lb pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Counts vary by candy size, but a 2 lb bag typically contains dozens of individually wrapped discs—enough for large gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these butterscotch candies gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, the product is labeled gluten-free; always check the package for the most current allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Fusion Sweets And Snacks","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007832772691,"sku":"B0C3FHLC17","price":55.31,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/fusion-sweets-butterscotch-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787271710"}],"url":"https:\/\/spicestosnacks.ca\/collections\/brand-fusion-sweets-and-snacks.oembed","provider":"Spices To Snacks","version":"1.0","type":"link"}